{"title":"Walking Aids","description":"\u003cp\u003eFind practical walking support for everyday movement, from walkers and rollators to walking sticks, canes, crutches and useful accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShop by type:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/walkers-and-rollators\"\u003ewalkers and rollators\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/walking-sticks-canes-crutches\"\u003ewalking sticks, canes and crutches\u003c\/a\u003e, and \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/walker-accessories\"\u003ewalker and rollator accessories\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAdvice Hub:\u003c\/strong\u003e Read the \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/walker-buying-guide\"\u003eWalker Buying Guide\u003c\/a\u003e, see \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/how-heavy-rollator-lift-into-car\"\u003ehow heavy is too heavy for your car\u003c\/a\u003e, and compare a \u003ca href=\"\/blogs\/guides\/rollator-vs-2-in-1-walker-wheelchair\"\u003erollator with a 2-in-1 walker wheelchair\u003c\/a\u003e. If walking distance is becoming more limited, explore our \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/wheelchairs\"\u003ewheelchairs\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"adjustable-standing-aid-support-with-handle","title":"Adjustable Standing Aid Support with Handle","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable Standing Aid Support with Handle\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Standing Aid Support with Handle\u003c\/strong\u003e gives the user a stable handhold to push from during suitable sit-to-stand movements. It can be positioned beside a chair, sofa or bed where the layout allows a secure setup, providing two grip points rather than relying on furniture arms or other improvised surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThree height settings — \u003cstrong\u003e41 cm, 51 cm and 61 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e — allow the support to be matched more closely to the furniture and user. The compact frame is light enough to reposition around the home, while non-slip grips and a non-slip base help provide a more secure point of support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDesigned to Assist, Not Lift\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a manual standing aid rather than a powered lifting device. The user still needs to participate in the movement and have enough balance and strength to stand safely while using the handles for leverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat makes it most useful for someone who can already stand with support but finds it difficult to get enough purchase from a low chair, sofa or bedside position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTwo Handle Heights for Better Leverage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe dual-handle design gives the user a choice of grip positions during the movement. One hand can begin lower and move to the higher handle as the body rises, or both hands can use whichever position feels most secure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe entire aid can also be set to one of three overall heights without tools, helping align the handles with different furniture heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree height settings:\u003c\/strong\u003e 41 cm, 51 cm and 61 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual handles\u003c\/strong\u003e provide two grip positions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-slip handgrips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-slip base for use on a suitable stable floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact and lightweight for repositioning around the home.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool-free height adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo powered components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSetting It Up Safely\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe support should sit on a firm floor where the base cannot slide or rock, and the surrounding chair or bed must also remain stable when the user pushes through the handles. Avoid placing it where the frame creates a trip hazard or where rolling furniture could move unexpectedly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf a person needs substantial lifting assistance, cannot maintain balance or is unsure whether this type of aid is appropriate, a different transfer solution may be safer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat height settings are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe support can be set to approximately 41 cm, 51 cm or 61 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy are there two handles?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe dual-handle design provides two hand positions for controlled leverage during a suitable sit-to-stand movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need tools for adjustment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The current design uses tool-free height adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used beside a chair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, where the chair, floor and support can be positioned securely without creating a trip or tipping hazard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used beside a bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be used where the bedside layout allows a stable setup and the user can transfer safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it lift a person automatically?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a manual standing support and does not lift the user.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for every person who struggles to stand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Suitability depends on balance, strength, cognition, furniture and transfer technique. If standing is unsafe or uncertain, seek appropriate mobility or rehabilitation advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat floor surfaces are suitable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse it only where the base remains stable and does not slide. Always test the setup before putting significant force through the handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the furniture also be stable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Do not use the aid beside furniture that moves, tips or rolls unexpectedly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be moved between rooms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Its compact lightweight design is intended to make repositioning straightforward.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should be checked before use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eConfirm the height adjustment is locked, the base is stable and the grips and frame are undamaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Adjustable Standing Aid available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This standing aid is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight settings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41 cm; 51 cm; 61 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle style\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"MoveSmart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676848332875,"sku":"MS-SAWTHHDL","price":149.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/555a6e42-e674b4_8329459df3ff4ce5865628d5b97b6582_mv2.png?v=1754901806"},{"product_id":"food-tray","title":"Food Tray","description":"\u003ch2\u003eClip-On Bamboo Food Tray\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eClip-On Bamboo Food Tray\u003c\/strong\u003e creates a compact temporary surface over a suitable sofa arm or soft rollator seat. Its flexible folding bamboo slats wrap over the supporting surface, giving you a convenient place for light everyday items such as a drink, snack plate, phone, book or remote without needing a separate freestanding table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause it is removable and folds down when not in use, the tray is particularly useful where space is limited or where a permanent tray is unnecessary. It can move between compatible furniture and mobility equipment as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUseful on a Sofa Arm or Compatible Soft-Seat Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn a broad sofa arm, the tray creates a flatter surface over upholstery that would otherwise be difficult to use for a cup or plate. On a compatible rollator with a soft seat, it can provide a small stationary tabletop when the walker is parked and the brakes are applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be useful with suitable soft-seat rollators such as the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.movesmart.nz\/products\/goldfern-x-fold-rollator\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eGoldfern X-FOLD\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.movesmart.nz\/products\/byacre-carbon-ultralight-walker\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003ebyACRE Carbon Ultralight\u003c\/a\u003e, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.movesmart.nz\/products\/uplivin-trive-walker-rollator\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eUplivin Trive\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.movesmart.nz\/products\/liberator-heavy-duty-foldable-walker\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\"\u003eAMW Liberator\u003c\/a\u003e, provided the tray sits securely on the individual setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Fit Matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tray depends on the shape and width of the surface beneath it rather than permanent fixings. Sofa arms and rollator seats vary substantially, so the tray should sit flat enough that whatever is placed on it remains stable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore using it with food, drinks or valuables, test the empty tray first. On a rollator, apply the parking brakes and keep the walker stationary. The tray should never be used as a handhold or body-weight support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFolding Bamboo Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bamboo slats create a firm top while remaining flexible enough to wrap over a suitable support. When the tray is no longer needed, the slatted construction folds down for compact storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor cleaning, wipe the bamboo with a lightly damp cloth and dry it promptly. Avoid soaking the wood or leaving standing moisture on the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBamboo construction\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible clip-on \/ wrap-over design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides a temporary surface for light everyday items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be used on suitable sofa arms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan also sit over compatible soft rollator seats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFolds down for compact storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo permanent fixings or powered components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the tray made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe tray is made from bamboo slats joined in a flexible folding format.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it fit a sofa arm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe flexible tray wraps over a suitable sofa arm and rests on the supporting surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on a rollator?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, on a suitable soft-seat rollator where the tray can sit securely and remain level enough for the intended item.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it permanently attached?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a removable tray and requires no permanent fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fold for storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The slatted design folds down when the tray is not required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I put on it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is suitable for light everyday items such as a cup, snack plate, phone or remote when the tray is stable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I put very hot cookware on it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAvoid placing very hot cookware directly on the bamboo unless an appropriate heat-resistant barrier is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every sofa arm?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Sofa-arm width, shape and upholstery vary. Check that the tray has enough stable contact before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every rollator?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is best suited to soft-seat rollators with enough supporting area. Test the fit before loading the tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the rollator brakes be locked while using it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. If using the tray on a rollator, apply the parking brakes and keep the rollator stationary.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used as a transfer support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The tray is a surface for light items and should never be leaned on for body-weight support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the bamboo be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it with a lightly damp cloth and dry it promptly. Avoid soaking the bamboo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Clip-On Bamboo Food Tray available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This tray is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBamboo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexible folding \/ wrap-over tray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable sofa arms or compatible soft rollator seats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable; no permanent fitting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"MoveSmart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676848365643,"sku":"MS-FTBLK","price":75.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/93dcb5de-e674b4_4295208fa27c41789101e565d5eed38b_mv2.webp?v=1754901806"},{"product_id":"freiheit-x4-carbon-fibre-rollator","title":"Freiheit X4 Carbon Fibre Rollator","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFreiheit X4 Carbon Fibre Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFreiheit X4\u003c\/strong\u003e is the lighter, more premium everyday rollator in the Freiheit range. Its carbon-fibre frame brings product weight down to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e6.7 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e while retaining a \u003cstrong\u003e130 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e, built-in seat, back support and removable shopping bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLarge \u003cstrong\u003e9-inch TPR rubber-tread wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e give it a little more rolling capability than the aluminium X3 while keeping the puncture-free, low-maintenance character of a solid-tyre rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the X4 Fits in the Freiheit Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X4 is the best match for someone who likes the X3 concept but wants lower carrying weight, carbon-fibre construction and slightly larger wheels. Compared with the \u003cstrong\u003eFreiheit X3\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is about 0.5 kg lighter and moves from 8-inch to 9-inch wheels. Compared with the \u003cstrong\u003eFreedom Stroller XC\u003c\/strong\u003e, it remains much lighter and lower-maintenance because it uses solid TPR wheels rather than large pneumatic tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor normal footpaths, shopping areas and stable community surfaces, the X4 offers a strong balance between portability and outdoor capability. For frequent grass, gravel or rougher tracks, the XC remains the more specialised option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCarbon Fibre for Easier Lifting\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt approximately \u003cstrong\u003e6.7 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, the X4 is easier to lift into a vehicle than many conventional aluminium or steel rollators. The frame folds to around \u003cstrong\u003e230 mm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, helping with boot storage and use in tighter storage spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSeat, Storage and Braking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e640 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e and includes back support for stationary rest breaks. A removable front bag carries up to \u003cstrong\u003e5 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hand brakes provide normal stopping control while walking and can be locked into parking mode before sitting. A step pedal assists with suitable small kerbs and thresholds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarbon-fibre frame\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 6.7 kg product weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e130 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle height approximately \u003cstrong\u003e768–972 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeat height approximately \u003cstrong\u003e640 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e9-inch TPR rubber-tread wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStopping and parking brake modes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic height-adjustable handles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable textile shopping bag with 5 kg capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeat and back support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStep pedal for suitable small kerbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety reflectors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFolds to approximately 230 mm wide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurrent colours: \u003cstrong\u003eBlack, White and Charcoal\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/-VfTD5hdR8Y?si=00KizLVf4QScqMvC\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Freiheit X4 best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who want a premium lightweight rollator for everyday indoor and outdoor use and value easier vehicle lifting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the X4 different from the X3?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X4 uses carbon fibre, weighs about 6.7 kg and has 9-inch wheels. The X3 uses aluminium, weighs about 7.2 kg and has 8-inch wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Freedom Stroller XC?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XC is a heavier rough-terrain model with 310 mm pneumatic tyres. The X4 is lighter and better suited to normal stable surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e130 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the X4 weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 6.7 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the handle-height range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 768–972 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e9-inch TPR rubber-tread wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the seat be used while moving?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use the seat only while the rollator is stationary with the parking brakes applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the shopping bag hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow narrow is it when folded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 230 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable outdoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, on suitable flat and stable outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlack, White and Charcoal, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be delivered NZ-wide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. MoveSmart ships the Freiheit X4 throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eW 605 x L 720 x H 768–972 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e640 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFolded size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eW 230 x L 720 x H 860 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e840 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9-inch TPR rubber tread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBag capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Freiheit","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":41676848660555,"sku":"CUB-FHX4CFRLLTR-BLK","price":899.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":41676848693323,"sku":"CUB-FHX4CFRLLTR-WHT","price":899.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Charcoal","offer_id":41676848726091,"sku":"CUB-FHX4CFRLLTR-CHR","price":899.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/f62bd1b0-e674b4_d91e3e259dcb49458eaab7bd29ac0bf4_mv2.jpg?v=1754901806"},{"product_id":"goldfern-narrow-premium-rollator","title":"Goldfern Narrow Premium Rollator","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Narrow Premium Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Narrow Premium Rollator\u003c\/strong\u003e is the compact indoor-focused model in Goldfern's Premium rollator range. At approximately \u003cstrong\u003e550 mm overall width\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is designed for hallways, smaller rooms and tighter spaces where a standard-width rollator can feel bulky, while still providing a padded seat, back support and under-seat storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe aluminium frame weighs approximately \u003cstrong\u003e8.7 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e127 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e and uses 8-inch wheels with locking hand brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Narrow Premium Fits in the Goldfern Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Narrow Premium when compact width matters more than minimum carrying weight. It is only around \u003cstrong\u003e550 mm wide overall\u003c\/strong\u003e, with approximately \u003cstrong\u003e380 mm between the arms\u003c\/strong\u003e. The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/goldfern-x-fold-mini-rollator\"\u003eX-FOLD Mini\u003c\/a\u003e is slightly narrower overall and much lighter, while the Narrow Premium provides a more traditional padded-seat Premium-rollator setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor users needing substantially more width or capacity, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heavy-duty-premium-rollator\"\u003eHeavy Duty Premium\u003c\/a\u003e is the better comparison.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDesigned for Tighter Indoor Spaces\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe compact frame can be easier to manoeuvre through narrow hallways, around furniture and in smaller rooms. Because doorways and bathroom layouts vary, it is still worth checking the 550 mm overall width against the intended environment before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSeat, Storage and Braking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe padded seat measures approximately \u003cstrong\u003e340 x 305 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e and sits around \u003cstrong\u003e510 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e. A padded back bar provides support during stationary rest breaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA removable nylon carry bag sits beneath the seat. Handle-mounted brakes can be used for slowing and locked into parking mode before sitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e550 mm compact overall width\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e380 mm width between the arms\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e127 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8.7 kg aluminium frame\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8-inch wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully foldable design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePadded seat and back bar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable handles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocking hand brakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable under-seat carry bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional wire basket and removable food tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark Navy finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12-month warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Premium_Rollator_Range_1.pdf?v=1756718429\" title=\"Goldfern Premium Rollator Range Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eGoldfern Premium Rollator Range Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Narrow Premium Rollator best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who need a seated four-wheel rollator but regularly move through tighter indoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with the X-FOLD Mini?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth are compact. The X-FOLD Mini is lighter and slightly narrower overall, while the Narrow Premium uses a more conventional padded-seat Premium-rollator design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow narrow is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 550 mm overall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the width between the arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 380 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e127 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 340 x 305 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 510 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow high do the handles adjust?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 800–890 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 8.7 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a storage bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A removable under-seat nylon bag is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre other storage accessories available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. An optional wire basket and removable food tray are available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8-inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e340 x 305 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth between arms\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e670 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e127 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable handle height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e800–890 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676848463947,"sku":"GF-NRWPREMWLKR","price":350.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/2f9d29a3-e674b4_075edd402f084b69bc3e90ed8659579b_mv2.jpg?v=1754901807"},{"product_id":"byacre-travel-lock","title":"byACRE Travel Lock","description":"\u003ch2\u003ebyACRE Travel Lock\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ebyACRE Travel Lock\u003c\/strong\u003e is a small elastic replacement accessory that helps keep a folded rollator closed during transport and storage. It wraps around the folded frame to reduce the chance of the walker opening while it is being lifted, loaded or stored.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current byACRE elastic lock is compatible with the Carbon Ultralight, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/byacre-carbon-overland-walker\"\u003eCarbon Overland\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/byacre-nordic-pioneer\"\u003eNordic Pioneer\u003c\/a\u003e rollators, making this spare useful if the original lock is lost or worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eElastic rollator lock\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps the folded frame closed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and flexible\u003c\/strong\u003e for easy fitting and removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful replacement or spare\u003c\/strong\u003e for travel and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with Carbon Ultralight, Carbon Overland and Nordic Pioneer rollators\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHelps keep the rollator compact\u003c\/strong\u003e while loading into a vehicle or storing it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Accessories-User-Manual_outlined-Rev-1.2.pdf?v=1756719135\" title=\"byACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebyACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose a Spare byACRE Travel Lock?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Travel Lock is a simple part, but it makes a folded rollator easier to handle because the frame stays closed while being moved or stored. Keeping a spare on hand is useful if the original elastic lock is misplaced or eventually wears out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade for the Compatible byACRE Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ebyACRE Travel Lock is designed to add useful everyday function to a compatible byACRE rollator while retaining the clean, lightweight character of the frame. Confirm the rollator model and attachment points before ordering, then consider how the accessory will affect folding, carrying, transfers and access to the brakes or handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit and load the accessory according to its instructions, keeping carried items within the stated limits and evenly distributed. Check attachments before each outing. If the rollator is regularly lifted into a vehicle, practise removing or securing the accessory as part of the normal folding and transport routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the Travel Lock do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt wraps around the folded rollator to help keep the frame closed during transport or storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich rollators is it compatible with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current elastic lock is compatible with the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/byacre-carbon-ultralight-walker\"\u003ebyACRE Carbon Ultralight\u003c\/a\u003e, Carbon Overland and Nordic Pioneer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it a security lock?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is an elastic folding retainer, not an anti-theft lock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it use a key or combination?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a simple elastic strap and requires no key or combination.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen should I use it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse it after folding the rollator when loading it into a vehicle, carrying it or storing it compactly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I walk with the Travel Lock fitted around the folded frame?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Remove the lock and fully unfold the rollator before walking with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this useful as a replacement part?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is suitable as a replacement or spare if the original elastic lock is lost or worn.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it permanently attach to the rollator?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is removed when the walker is unfolded for use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it help when lifting the rollator into a car?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Keeping the folded frame closed can make the walker easier to handle while loading or unloading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it change the folded dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It simply helps retain the rollator in its normal folded position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the rollator included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is the Travel Lock accessory only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs an accessory manual available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The byACRE accessories manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessory type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElastic folding lock \/ retainer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon Ultralight, Carbon Overland, Nordic Pioneer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePurpose\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeeps rollator folded during transport or storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOperation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElastic strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSecurity function\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot an anti-theft lock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"byACRE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676848955467,"sku":"BYACRE-TRVLLCK","price":6.5,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/af34d93a-e674b4_5bfc45db8eb5421da1f272a5218b90a8_mv2.webp?v=1754901807"},{"product_id":"byacre-overland-cane-holder","title":"byACRE Overland Cane Holder","description":"\u003ch2\u003ebyACRE Overland Cane Holder\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ebyACRE Overland Cane Holder\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps a walking stick securely attached to the rollator while both hands remain available for the walker handles. The two-part design uses an upper clip and lower foot holder to keep the cane upright and close to the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo top-clip sizes accommodate different cane diameters, while a drainage opening in the lower holder helps prevent water collecting after wet-weather use. MoveSmart carries left- and right-side variants so the holder can be fitted on the preferred side.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-part cane support\u003c\/strong\u003e with upper clip and lower foot holder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeft- and right-side variants\u003c\/strong\u003e available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo top-clip sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e for different cane diameters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrainage opening\u003c\/strong\u003e in the lower holder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeeps the cane upright and close to the rollator\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool-free everyday use\u003c\/strong\u003e once correctly fitted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for compatible byACRE rollators\u003c\/strong\u003e, including the Carbon Overland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Accessories-User-Manual_outlined-Rev-1.2.pdf?v=1756719135\" title=\"byACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebyACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the byACRE Overland Cane Holder?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor users who alternate between a rollator and a walking stick, the holder keeps the cane available without requiring it to be carried by hand or placed loose in a bag. The upper and lower supports keep it positioned neatly alongside the rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade for the Compatible byACRE Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ebyACRE Overland Cane Holder is designed to add useful everyday function to a compatible byACRE rollator while retaining the clean, lightweight character of the frame. Confirm the rollator model and attachment points before ordering, then consider how the accessory will affect folding, carrying, transfers and access to the brakes or handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit and load the accessory according to its instructions, keeping carried items within the stated limits and evenly distributed. Check attachments before each outing. If the rollator is regularly lifted into a vehicle, practise removing or securing the accessory as part of the normal folding and transport routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the cane holder for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt allows a walking stick or cane to be carried securely on the rollator while walking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it compatible with the Carbon Overland?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This MoveSmart listing is suitable for the byACRE Carbon Overland.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre left- and right-side versions available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. MoveSmart carries separate Left and Right variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the cane stay in place?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lower holder supports the cane tip while the upper clip secures the shaft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit different cane diameters?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe holder includes two top-clip sizes to accommodate different cane shaft diameters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the drainage hole for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt allows water to drain from the lower holder rather than collecting around the cane tip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I remove the cane quickly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The cane can be released from the upper clip and lifted from the lower holder when needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the cane come with the holder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is the cane-holder accessory only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it interfere with the rollator seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen correctly fitted according to the accessory instructions, it is designed to sit alongside the rollator without preventing normal use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose Left or Right?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSelect the side that is most convenient for reaching your cane and suits your normal walking setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used in wet weather?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes for normal outdoor use. The drainage opening helps with moisture, but the accessory should still be cleaned and dried after wet conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs an accessory manual available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The byACRE accessories manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessory type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRollator cane holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ebyACRE Carbon Overland\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVariants\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft, Right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport system\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper clip and lower foot holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClip options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo sizes included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrainage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower-holder drainage opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarries a walking stick on the rollator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"byACRE","offers":[{"title":"Left","offer_id":41740490375243,"sku":"BYACRE-OLCNHLDR-1","price":95.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Right","offer_id":41740490408011,"sku":"BYACRE-OLCNHLDR-2","price":95.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/ad375a17-e674b4_14db67c502b344ce9fb2f482b624757c_mv2.webp?v=1754901807"},{"product_id":"byacre-overland-back-rest","title":"byACRE Overland Back Rest","description":"\u003ch2\u003ebyACRE Overland Back Rest\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ebyACRE Overland Back Rest\u003c\/strong\u003e adds lower-back support when using the built-in seat on a compatible rollator. Its curved shape is designed to provide a more chair-like resting position, while the lightweight PE thermoplastic construction is durable and suitable for everyday indoor or outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Back Rest is height adjustable and can be attached or removed without tools, making it easy to tailor the seated support or remove the accessory for transport when preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLower-back support\u003c\/strong\u003e for seated rest breaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved ergonomic shape\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to feel more like a chair back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight adjustable\u003c\/strong\u003e for a more personalised resting position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight PE thermoplastic construction\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-resistant material\u003c\/strong\u003e for everyday indoor and outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool-free attachment and removal\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for compatible byACRE rollators\u003c\/strong\u003e, including the Carbon Overland.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Accessories-User-Manual_outlined-Rev-1.2.pdf?v=1756719135\" title=\"byACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebyACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the byACRE Overland Back Rest?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe built-in seat on a rollator is useful for short rests, and the Back Rest adds support behind the lower back without making the walker permanently bulky. Its tool-free fitting and adjustable height make it a simple comfort upgrade for users who rest on the rollator regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade for the Compatible byACRE Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ebyACRE Overland Back Rest is designed to add useful everyday function to a compatible byACRE rollator while retaining the clean, lightweight character of the frame. Confirm the rollator model and attachment points before ordering, then consider how the accessory will affect folding, carrying, transfers and access to the brakes or handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit and load the accessory according to its instructions, keeping carried items within the stated limits and evenly distributed. Check attachments before each outing. If the rollator is regularly lifted into a vehicle, practise removing or securing the accessory as part of the normal folding and transport routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the Back Rest do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt provides support behind the lower back while the user is seated on the rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it compatible with the Carbon Overland?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This MoveSmart product is suitable for the byACRE Carbon Overland.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it require tools to install?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is designed for tool-free attachment and removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the height be adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Back Rest is height adjustable so the support position can be tailored to the user.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat material is it made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made from PE thermoplastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used outdoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The material is suitable for normal indoor and outdoor use, although the accessory should still be cleaned and stored appropriately.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it replace the seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It works with the rollator's existing seat to provide additional back support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it stay fitted when the walker is used for walking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, when correctly installed it is designed to remain attached during normal rollator use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I lean heavily backwards on it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use it as seated support only and follow the rollator and accessory instructions. Always engage the parking brakes before sitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be removed for transport?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The tool-free design allows it to be detached when preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it padded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis model is a formed thermoplastic back support rather than a heavily padded cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs an accessory manual available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The byACRE accessories manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessory type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRollator back support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ebyACRE Carbon Overland\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePE thermoplastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool-free attachment and removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower-back support while seated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEnvironment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor and outdoor everyday use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"byACRE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676848988235,"sku":"BYACRE-OLBCKRST","price":99.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/f4372d30-e674b4_d967e441c2bc49ab9e5c8c2c307c5178_mv2.webp?v=1754901806"},{"product_id":"byacre-carbon-overland-travel-bag","title":"byACRE Carbon Overland Travel Bag","description":"\u003ch2\u003ebyACRE Carbon Overland Travel Bag\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/byacre-carbon-overland-walker\"\u003ebyACRE Carbon Overland\u003c\/a\u003e Travel Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e is a padded transport bag designed to help protect the rollator from scratches and everyday handling marks while travelling. Its durable black exterior, soft padded lining and internal separator help keep the folded walker protected in transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA carry handle and adjustable shoulder strap provide two carrying options, while the internal protection pad separates the wheels and front forks to reduce contact between components.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePadded travel protection\u003c\/strong\u003e for the Carbon Overland rollator.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable black exterior\u003c\/strong\u003e for repeated transport use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft padded lining\u003c\/strong\u003e helps protect the frame and components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal protection pad\u003c\/strong\u003e separates wheels and front forks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarry handle\u003c\/strong\u003e for short lifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable shoulder strap\u003c\/strong\u003e for another carrying option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for transporting the folded rollator\u003c\/strong\u003e in vehicles and general travel situations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Accessories-User-Manual_outlined-Rev-1.2.pdf?v=1756719135\" title=\"byACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebyACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the byACRE Carbon Overland Travel Bag?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Travel Bag gives Carbon Overland users a purpose-designed way to contain and protect the folded rollator during transport. Padding around the bag and an internal separator help reduce rubbing and scratches, while the two strap options make the packed walker easier to handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade for the Compatible byACRE Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ebyACRE Carbon Overland Travel Bag is designed to add useful everyday function to a compatible byACRE rollator while retaining the clean, lightweight character of the frame. Confirm the rollator model and attachment points before ordering, then consider how the accessory will affect folding, carrying, transfers and access to the brakes or handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit and load the accessory according to its instructions, keeping carried items within the stated limits and evenly distributed. Check attachments before each outing. If the rollator is regularly lifted into a vehicle, practise removing or securing the accessory as part of the normal folding and transport routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this travel bag suitable for the Carbon Overland?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This MoveSmart listing is intended for the byACRE Carbon Overland rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the bag protect against?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe padded construction helps protect against everyday scratches, rubbing and light knocks during normal transport and handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the travel bag hard-shell luggage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a soft padded travel bag rather than a rigid hard case.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the internal protection pad for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt separates the wheels and front forks to help prevent components rubbing against one another while packed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the bag carried?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has both a carry handle and an adjustable shoulder strap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I fold the rollator before putting it in the bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Carbon Overland should be folded and packed according to the accessory instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the bag guarantee protection from airline damage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It adds padded protection but cannot guarantee against damage caused by rough baggage handling or crushing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it for storage at home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It can also help keep the folded rollator contained and protected from incidental marks while stored.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the exterior waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bag is designed for travel protection, but it should not be treated as a waterproof case or left exposed to heavy rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the shoulder strap be adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The shoulder strap is adjustable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs an accessories manual available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The byACRE accessories manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the rollator included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is the travel bag accessory only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessory type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePadded rollator travel bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ebyACRE Carbon Overland\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExterior\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable black material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLining\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft padded lining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInternal protection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeparator pad for wheels and front forks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCarry options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarry handle and adjustable shoulder strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport and storage of folded rollator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"byACRE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676849053771,"sku":"BYACRE-OLTRVLBAG","price":235.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/ea3fdaec-e674b4_dfa74e915c594ea5a18ad6ab90ceb7e1_mv2.webp?v=1754901807"},{"product_id":"byacre-pocket-bag","title":"byACRE Pocket Bag","description":"\u003ch2\u003ebyACRE Pocket Bag\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ebyACRE Pocket Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact storage bag designed for the Carbon Overland rollator. It provides easy-access space for smaller everyday essentials such as a phone, wallet, keys and glasses without adding a bulky shopping bag to the walker.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bag attaches to the rollator using side loops and an elastic strap, and it can be removed and carried separately using the adjustable shoulder strap. Weather-resistant outer materials and a water-repellent interior help protect contents during normal day-to-day use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact everyday storage\u003c\/strong\u003e for smaller personal items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for the byACRE Carbon Overland\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide loops and elastic strap\u003c\/strong\u003e secure the bag to the rollator.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable removable shoulder strap\u003c\/strong\u003e for standalone carrying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-resistant exterior\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWater-repellent interior\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight and foldable\u003c\/strong\u003e for easy storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWipe-clean construction\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Accessories-User-Manual_outlined-Rev-1.2.pdf?v=1756719135\" title=\"byACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebyACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the byACRE Pocket Bag?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Pocket Bag is useful when you only need to carry a few essentials and want them within easy reach. It stays attached neatly to the Carbon Overland while walking, then converts into a small shoulder bag when you leave the rollator behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade for the Compatible byACRE Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ebyACRE Pocket Bag is designed to add useful everyday function to a compatible byACRE rollator while retaining the clean, lightweight character of the frame. Confirm the rollator model and attachment points before ordering, then consider how the accessory will affect folding, carrying, transfers and access to the brakes or handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit and load the accessory according to its instructions, keeping carried items within the stated limits and evenly distributed. Check attachments before each outing. If the rollator is regularly lifted into a vehicle, practise removing or securing the accessory as part of the normal folding and transport routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich rollator is the Pocket Bag designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe byACRE Pocket Bag is designed for the Carbon Overland rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I carry in it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is intended for small everyday essentials such as a phone, wallet, keys, glasses and similar lightweight items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it attach to the walker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSide loops and a secure elastic strap hold it against the rollator frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I carry it without the rollator?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It has an adjustable, removable shoulder strap for standalone use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Pocket Bag waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has a weather-resistant exterior and water-repellent interior, but it should not be treated as fully waterproof or submerged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be folded for storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Its lightweight construction allows it to fold down when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRoutine dirt can be wiped away with a damp cloth. Follow the accessory care instructions for more detailed cleaning guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it swing around while walking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen correctly attached using both the loops and elastic strap, it is designed to remain close to the rollator frame during normal use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it interfere with the seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed as a rollator accessory and should be installed according to the supplied instructions so normal walker functions remain available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the shoulder strap removable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The shoulder strap can be removed when the bag is being used solely on the rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the rollator included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is the Pocket Bag accessory only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs an accessory manual available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The byACRE accessories manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessory type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact rollator bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ebyACRE Carbon Overland\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttachment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide loops and elastic strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCarry option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable removable shoulder strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExterior\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeather-resistant material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInterior\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWater-repellent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoldable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCare\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"byACRE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676849086539,"sku":"BYACRE-PCKTBAG","price":69.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/b46e36f8-e674b4_51ca68c0488b452e993ca54f373ca2d5_mv2.webp?v=1754901807"},{"product_id":"byacre-carbon-overland-daypack","title":"byACRE Carbon Overland Day-pack","description":"\u003ch2\u003ebyACRE Carbon Overland Day-pack\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/byacre-carbon-overland-walker\"\u003ebyACRE Carbon Overland\u003c\/a\u003e Day-pack\u003c\/strong\u003e is a practical rollator bag for carrying everyday essentials, shopping items and gear on longer outings. It attaches securely to the walker using side hooks and elastic straps, with a firm base that helps the bag stay upright when set down.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWeather-resistant, water-repellent materials help protect the contents during everyday outdoor use, while external stash pockets, daisy-chain attachment points and soft carry handles make the Day-pack useful both on and off the rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure rollator attachment\u003c\/strong\u003e using side hooks and elastic straps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFirm base\u003c\/strong\u003e helps the bag stand upright.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-resistant, water-repellent construction\u003c\/strong\u003e for everyday outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal stash pockets\u003c\/strong\u003e for quick-access items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDaisy-chain and tie-out points\u003c\/strong\u003e for additional attachment options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft carry handles\u003c\/strong\u003e for standalone use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWipe-clean surface\u003c\/strong\u003e for straightforward care.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for everyday errands, day trips and outdoor outings\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Accessories-User-Manual_outlined-Rev-1.2.pdf?v=1756719135\" title=\"byACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebyACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the byACRE Carbon Overland Day-pack?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Day-pack adds useful carrying space without requiring the user to carry a separate backpack while walking. Its secure attachment, firm base and carry handles make it easy to move between rollator use and everyday carrying.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade for the Compatible byACRE Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ebyACRE Carbon Overland Day-pack is designed to add useful everyday function to a compatible byACRE rollator while retaining the clean, lightweight character of the frame. Confirm the rollator model and attachment points before ordering, then consider how the accessory will affect folding, carrying, transfers and access to the brakes or handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit and load the accessory according to its instructions, keeping carried items within the stated limits and evenly distributed. Check attachments before each outing. If the rollator is regularly lifted into a vehicle, practise removing or securing the accessory as part of the normal folding and transport routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Day-pack compatible with the Carbon Overland?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This MoveSmart product is suitable for the byACRE Carbon Overland rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Day-pack attach?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses small side hooks and elastic rear straps to secure the bag to the rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the bag stay stable while walking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe attachment points are designed to hold the bag securely during normal rollator use. Always make sure the hooks and straps are correctly fitted before moving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I carry the bag separately?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Soft carry handles allow it to be removed from the rollator and carried as a standalone bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Day-pack waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe materials are water-repellent and weather-resistant for everyday use, but the bag should not be treated as fully waterproof or submerged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have outside pockets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. External stash pockets provide quick access to smaller items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the daisy-chain loops for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey provide extra attachment points for suitable lightweight items or accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the bag stand upright when removed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe firm base helps it remain upright on a suitable flat surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I clean it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRoutine dirt can be wiped away with a damp cloth. Follow the accessory care instructions for more detailed cleaning guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I overload the bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Keep the load sensible and balanced so it does not affect rollator handling or stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it replace the rollator seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The Day-pack is a storage accessory and should be positioned only as directed so the walker can still be used safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs an accessory manual available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The byACRE accessories manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessory type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRollator day bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ebyACRE Carbon Overland\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttachment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide hooks and elastic straps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirm base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExterior\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeather-resistant, water-repellent material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage features\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal stash pockets, tie-out loops and daisy chains\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCarry option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSoft carry handles\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCare\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"byACRE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676849152075,"sku":"BYACRE-OLDAYPACK","price":135.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/373684c4-e674b4_44404c522a9b4f90bf2795bc3204676b_mv2.jpg?v=1754901807"},{"product_id":"premium-wooden-walking-stick","title":"Premium Wooden Walking Stick","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTraditional Fixed-Height Wooden Walking Stick\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ePremium Wooden Walking Stick\u003c\/strong\u003e is a classic fixed-height walking aid with an approximately \u003cstrong\u003e88 cm handle height\u003c\/strong\u003e, polished wooden shaft, curved handgrip, decorative brass collar and rubber ferrule. It is a good fit for users who prefer the look and feel of a traditional wooden cane and already know that an 88 cm height suits them.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnlike an adjustable aluminium walking stick, this model has no push-button height settings or telescoping sections. That keeps the design simple and traditional, but it also means correct fit matters before regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose a Fixed-Height Wooden Stick?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA fixed wooden stick can feel more solid and visually discreet than a modern adjustable cane. The smooth curved handle provides a broad gripping area, while the brass collar adds a traditional finish at the handle joint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trade-off is adjustability. If the user is between sizes, expects footwear or posture to change, or is unsure about the correct cane height, an adjustable walking stick may be the more practical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGetting the Height Right\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen standing naturally, the handle of a walking stick should sit at a comfortable height that allows the arm to remain relaxed rather than forcing the shoulder upward or the body to lean. Because this stick is fixed at approximately 88 cm, check the fit before relying on it for daily walking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf cane height or walking technique is uncertain, a physiotherapist, occupational therapist or mobility professional can help assess the most appropriate setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFerrule and Routine Safety Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rubber ferrule is the main contact point with the ground and should be checked regularly. Replace it if the rubber becomes worn smooth, split, hardened or loose. Also stop using the stick if the wooden shaft or handle joint develops a crack or other structural damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn wet, loose or uneven surfaces, extra care is still required. A rubber ferrule improves grip but cannot eliminate the risk of slipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFixed height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Approx. 88 cm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTraditional wooden construction\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved handgrip\u003c\/strong\u003e for comfortable everyday holding.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDecorative brass collar\u003c\/strong\u003e at the handle joint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRubber ferrule\u003c\/strong\u003e for ground contact and grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo height-adjustment mechanism or setup required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFunctional mobility aid with a classic appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow tall is the walking stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fixed height is approximately 88 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the height be adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is a fixed-height walking stick.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know whether 88 cm is suitable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handle should sit at a comfortable level when standing naturally without forcing the shoulder upward or requiring excessive leaning. If cane fitting is uncertain, seek advice from a mobility professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the stick made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shaft and handle are wooden, with a decorative brass collar at the handle joint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a rubber tip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A rubber ferrule is fitted at the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the ferrule be replaced?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, provided a replacement with the correct shaft diameter is selected.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the ferrule be checked regularly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Replace it if it becomes worn, hardened, split or loose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable outdoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be used on suitable outdoor surfaces, with additional care on wet, loose or uneven ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be cut shorter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAny modification can affect fit and the ferrule connection. Have alterations carried out appropriately rather than cutting the stick casually.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it a decorative walking stick or a mobility aid?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is intended as a functional walking aid with a traditional decorative finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I use it if the shaft is cracked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Stop using a wooden walking stick if the shaft, handle joint or ferrule is damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Premium Wooden Walking Stick available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This walking stick is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFixed-height wooden walking stick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 88 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWood\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurved wooden handgrip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrass collar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplaceable rubber ferrule\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight adjustable\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"MoveSmart","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676849479755,"sku":"MS-PREMWOODWS","price":59.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/2558cb05-e674b4_f96354ead13b4238acfb9a845bc6a0ad_mv2.webp?v=1754901810"},{"product_id":"walking-stick-and-cane-ferrule","title":"Walking Stick and Cane Ferrule","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWalking Stick and Cane Replacement Ferrule\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese \u003cstrong\u003ereplacement rubber ferrules\u003c\/strong\u003e restore the ground-contact tip on compatible walking sticks and canes. MoveSmart offers \u003cstrong\u003e16 mm, 19 mm and 22 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e internal-size options, covering several common shaft diameters used on aluminium and wooden walking aids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ferrule is one of the most important wear parts on a walking stick: it provides the contact surface between the cane and the ground. Replacing a worn, hardened or loose tip can restore tread and help the stick perform as intended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the Correct Size Matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA replacement ferrule needs to fit the shaft snugly. Measure the \u003cstrong\u003eoutside diameter of the walking-stick shaft\u003c\/strong\u003e where the ferrule fits, or measure the inside of the old ferrule if it has retained its original shape.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNOTE:  \u003c\/strong\u003ein \u003cem\u003e\u003cspan style=\"text-decoration: underline;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMOST\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003ecircumstances, a 19mm ferrule would be the normal size for most aluminium walking sticks in New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart currently stocks 16 mm, 19 mm and 22 mm versions. A 19 mm ferrule is common on many standard aluminium walking sticks, but it should never be assumed without measuring first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen Should a Ferrule Be Replaced?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCheck the rubber regularly, particularly if the walking stick is used outdoors. Replace the ferrule when the tread is badly worn, the rubber becomes smooth or hardened, cracks develop, or the tip no longer fits securely on the shaft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA worn ferrule can reduce grip and may also change the way the stick sits on the ground. Waiting until the rubber has worn through can expose the cane shaft and damage both the walking aid and flooring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSimple Push-Fit Replacement\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the old ferrule and clean the end of the shaft before fitting the new one. The correctly sized replacement should push on firmly and remain secure during normal use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not force an undersized ferrule onto a shaft or rely on a loose oversized tip. Adhesive is normally unnecessary with a properly sized push-fit ferrule unless the walking-stick manufacturer specifically recommends otherwise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes:\u003c\/strong\u003e 16 mm, 19 mm and 22 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable rubber construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTextured non-slip base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush-fit replacement design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for compatible aluminium or wooden walking sticks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e19 mm is common on many standard aluminium sticks, but always measure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e16 mm, 19 mm and 22 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the size refer to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt refers to the approximate internal diameter intended to fit over the cane shaft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs 19 mm the most common size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is common on many aluminium walking sticks, but you should still measure your particular stick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWill one size fit every cane?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The shaft diameter must match the ferrule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the ferrule installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRemove the old tip and push the correctly sized new ferrule firmly onto the clean end of the shaft.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo I need adhesive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA correctly sized push-fit ferrule normally relies on a snug fit. Do not use adhesive unless the walking-stick manufacturer specifically permits it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know when a ferrule needs replacing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReplace it when the tread is badly worn, the rubber is cracked or hardened, or the ferrule becomes loose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan a worn ferrule affect grip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The ferrule is the main ground-contact surface and should remain in good condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan these fit wooden walking sticks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, where the wooden shaft diameter matches one of the available sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan these fit aluminium walking sticks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, where the shaft diameter is compatible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eShould I measure the old ferrule or the shaft?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasuring the shaft is usually the more reliable method, particularly if the old rubber has stretched.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Walking Stick and Cane Ferrule available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. All current ferrule sizes are available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVariant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNominal internal size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSmall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMedium\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLarge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e22 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"MoveSmart","offers":[{"title":"16mm","offer_id":41676849545291,"sku":"MS-WSFERRULE-16MM","price":8.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"19mm","offer_id":41676849578059,"sku":"MS-WSFERRULE-19MM","price":8.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"22mm","offer_id":41676849610827,"sku":"MS-WSFERRULE-22MM","price":8.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/3d7fc418-e674b4_01c6654e7a1f4452bfe1dc3fd4ddb8b5_mv2.png?v=1754901811"},{"product_id":"byacre-carbon-overland-walker","title":"byACRE Carbon Overland Walker","description":"\u003ch2\u003ebyACRE Carbon Overland All-Terrain Walker\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ebyACRE Carbon Overland\u003c\/strong\u003e is a premium all-terrain rollator for people who want to keep walking beyond smooth indoor floors and paved shopping areas. Its carbon-fibre frame weighs approximately \u003cstrong\u003e6.7 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, yet supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e150 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving it an unusual combination of low carrying weight and genuine outdoor capability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe defining feature is its large \u003cstrong\u003e260 mm pneumatic rubber tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e. At around 50 mm wide, they provide significantly more cushioning and contact with the ground than the small solid wheels found on many urban walkers. Strong front forks and sealed bearings complete a design intended for grass, gravel, dirt paths, cobblestones and other firm uneven surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuilt for Outdoor Walking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Carbon Overland is the byACRE model to consider when terrain matters more than having the absolute lightest rollator. Its larger air-filled tyres absorb small impacts and surface vibration, while the 67.5 cm overall width gives the walker a broad, planted stance outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can handle a much wider range of surfaces than a conventional indoor rollator, but sensible route choice still matters. Deep sand, mud, very loose gravel, steep cross-slopes and unstable ground can challenge any wheeled walking aid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePneumatic Tyres for Ride Comfort\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnlike the puncture-proof wheels used on the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/byacre-carbon-ultralight-walker\"\u003eCarbon Ultralight\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/byacre-nordic-pioneer\"\u003eNordic Pioneer\u003c\/a\u003e, the Overland uses \u003cstrong\u003eair-filled tyres with inner tubes\u003c\/strong\u003e. The benefit is extra cushioning and grip on uneven ground; the trade-off is that tyre pressure needs to be checked and punctures remain possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor someone who regularly walks on gravel drives, grass or rougher paths, that extra tyre compliance can make the Overland noticeably more comfortable than a smaller solid-wheel rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eStill Light Enough to Travel With\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDespite its larger wheels and outdoor construction, the Overland weighs only about \u003cstrong\u003e6.7 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. The frame folds to around \u003cstrong\u003e28 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it practical to load into many vehicles or store when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat low weight is particularly useful because all-terrain walkers are often much heavier. The Carbon Overland keeps the outdoor capability while remaining manageable for many users and family members to lift.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eErgonomic Handles and Built-In Seat\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe forward-facing handles adjust from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e83 to 96 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Their orientation encourages the user to remain close to the frame rather than reaching too far forward, which can make the walker feel easier to control.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA built-in seat sits approximately \u003cstrong\u003e62 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e from the ground and is around \u003cstrong\u003e46 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing somewhere to rest when the walker is safely parked and the brakes are applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6.7 kg carbon-fibre rollator\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e260 mm pneumatic rubber tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e with inner tubes for shock absorption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRigid front forks and sealed wheel bearings\u003c\/strong\u003e for outdoor durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e83–96 cm adjustable handle height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e46 cm seat width\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e62 cm seat height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e67.5 cm overall width\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e74 cm length\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 28 cm folded width\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForward-facing ergonomic handles\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in seat\u003c\/strong\u003e for rest breaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eArrives fully assembled\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefender Green, Bentley Brown, Midnight Blue and Rose Gold\u003c\/strong\u003e available through MoveSmart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCarbon Overland, Carbon Ultralight or Nordic Pioneer?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eCarbon Overland\u003c\/strong\u003e when outdoor and mixed-terrain performance is the priority. The \u003cstrong\u003eCarbon Ultralight\u003c\/strong\u003e is lighter and more compact for travel and urban use, while the \u003cstrong\u003eNordic Pioneer\u003c\/strong\u003e sits between the two with larger puncture-proof wheels and a 5.9 kg aluminium\/EPP frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf most of your walking is on rougher outdoor surfaces, the Overland's pneumatic tyres are the feature that most clearly separates it from the other byACRE models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA full range of compatible accessories is available here: \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.movesmart.nz\/collections\/walker-acessories\" rel=\"noopener\" title=\"Walker and Rollator Accessories\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ebyACRE Accessories\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Carbon-Overland_outlined-User-Manual-Rev-1.7.pdf?v=1756719134\" title=\"byACRE Overland Carbon Walkers\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebyACRE Overland Carbon Walkers Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/MUGKqh9RUJg?si=4zGNar7iqq7WDAFP\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the Carbon Overland weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe walker weighs approximately 6.7 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum user weight is 150 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat surfaces is it designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for mixed and all-terrain outdoor use, including firm grass, gravel, dirt paths, cobblestones and other uneven surfaces. Always use extra care on loose, wet, steep or unstable ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the tyres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe pneumatic rubber tyres are approximately 260 mm in diameter and 50 mm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the tyres puncture-proof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The Overland uses air-filled pneumatic tyres with inner tubes for shock absorption, so normal tyre-pressure and puncture care applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the handle-height range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handles adjust from approximately 83 cm to 96 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat is approximately 46 cm wide and 62 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is the walker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall width is approximately 67.5 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow long is the walker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall length is approximately 74 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow compact is it when folded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe folded width is approximately 28 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it arrive assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It arrives assembled; unfold it and adjust the handles before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A built-in seat provides a place to rest when the walker is safely parked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart carries Defender Green, Bentley Brown, Midnight Blue and Rose Gold variants, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan accessories be added?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compatible accessories include the Overland Day-pack, Travel Bag, Back Rest, Cane Holder and other byACRE accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e83–96 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth between handles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e38.5–39.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFolded width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e74 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheel size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e260 mm diameter × 50 mm wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTyres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic rubber with inner tubes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon fibre with aircraft-grade aluminium components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMoveSmart colours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDefender Green, Bentley Brown, Midnight Blue, Rose Gold\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"byACRE","offers":[{"title":"Defender Green","offer_id":41676849774667,"sku":"BYACRE-OVERLANDDG","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bentley Brown","offer_id":41676849807435,"sku":"BYACRE-OVERLANDBB","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Midnight Blue","offer_id":41676849840203,"sku":"BYACRE-OVERLANDMB","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rose gold","offer_id":41676849872971,"sku":"BYACRE-OVERLANDRG","price":1399.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/5c586caa-e674b4_3da5c41078ee4632aa6856eee79b0a06_mv2.webp?v=1754901810"},{"product_id":"uplivin-trive-walker-rollator","title":"Uplivin Trive Walker Rollator","description":"\u003ch2\u003eUplivin Trive Walker Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eUplivin Trive\u003c\/strong\u003e is a lightweight four-wheel rollator built around a one-step double-folding aluminium frame. At approximately \u003cstrong\u003e6.5 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, it folds into a compact package for transport while still providing a seat, backrest, shopping bag and cane holder for everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe handles adjust from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e84–96 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. The seat is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e58 cm high\u003c\/strong\u003e, the four wheels are \u003cstrong\u003e8 inches\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the published maximum user weight is \u003cstrong\u003e125 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTrive or Gavo?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eUplivin Trive\u003c\/strong\u003e when lightweight transport and compact folding are the priority. At approximately 6.5 kg it is much easier to lift than the Gavo, but its seat is for stationary resting only. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/uplivin-gavo-2-in-1-rollator-wheelchair\"\u003eUplivin Gavo\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e if you need a rollator that can also convert into an attendant-pushed transport chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6.5 kg aluminium frame\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-step double folding\u003c\/strong\u003e without needing to fold separate frame sections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e125 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e84–96 cm adjustable handle height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e58 cm seat height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e45 x 18 cm seat\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8-inch wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft silicone handgrips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePU-finished seat, backrest and shopping bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackrest, shopping bag and cane holder included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTested in accordance with \u003cstrong\u003eISO 11199-2\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-year warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Uplivin Trive?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Trive is particularly useful where portability matters. Its folding system collapses both across and along the frame in one action, while the 6.5 kg weight makes it easier to lift than many conventional seated rollators.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMade for Travel, Storage and Everyday Outings\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Trive’s key advantage is how easily it fits around everyday life. The lightweight frame is manageable when lifting the rollator into a vehicle, while the double-folding action reduces its footprint for storage at home, in a café or beside a chair. Once opened, the seat, backrest, shopping bag and cane holder provide the practical features expected from a full-size rollator without giving up portability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGood rollator fit is just as important as low weight. Set the handles so the user can walk upright with relaxed shoulders and a comfortable bend at the elbows, then check that the brake levers can be reached and operated confidently. The seat provides a convenient place to rest after the brakes are securely parked. For frequent travel, it is worth practising the folding action and vehicle loading routine before relying on the Trive away from home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Trive_User_manual.pdf?v=1756719131\" title=\"Uplivin Trive Walker Owners Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eUplivin Trive Walker Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/H1E8arR7zgU?si=rKHjn2Q7sEji505G\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the Trive weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe published product weight is approximately 6.5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe published maximum user weight is 125 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the handle-height range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe handles adjust from approximately 84–96 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe seat is approximately 58 cm from the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 45 cm wide x 18 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Trive uses 8-inch wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow small does it fold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe published folded size is approximately 31 cm long x 35 cm wide x 89 cm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the unfolded size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApproximately 69 cm long x 65 cm wide x 84 cm high at the lowest handle setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a storage bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A removable shopping bag is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a cane holder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. A cane holder is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCan someone be pushed while sitting on the Trive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo. The seat is for stationary resting. The Trive is a rollator, not a transport chair or wheelchair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the Trive differ from the Gavo?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Trive is the lighter and more transport-friendly option at about 6.5 kg. The Gavo is heavier but can convert into an attendant-pushed transport chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable outdoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, for normal indoor and outdoor use on reasonably smooth surfaces. For rougher terrain, a rollator with larger wheels may be more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat standard is it tested to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Trive is tested in accordance with ISO 11199-2 for rollators.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours does MoveSmart currently stock?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCurrent variants are Terracotta, British Racing Green and Gunmetal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs there a user manual?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The Uplivin Trive Walker Owners Manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Uplivin Trive available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. Current Trive colour variants are available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e84–96 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 x 18 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFolded size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 x 35 x 89 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUnfolded size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e69 x 65 x 84 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 11199-2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Uplivin","offers":[{"title":"Terracotta","offer_id":41676850036811,"sku":"UPL-TRIVE-TCA","price":925.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"British Racing Green","offer_id":41676850069579,"sku":"UPL-TRIVE-BRG","price":925.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gunmetal","offer_id":41676850102347,"sku":"UPL-TRIVE-GMTL","price":925.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/58267611-e674b4_96d168b6a0d44986a57456cd69d70855_mv2.webp?v=1754901810"},{"product_id":"deluxe-folding-walking-frame-with-4-feet","title":"Deluxe Folding Walking Frame with 4 Feet","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDeluxe Folding Walking Frame with 4 Feet\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eCubro Deluxe Folding Walking Frame with 4 Feet\u003c\/strong\u003e is a lightweight aluminium walking frame for people who need steady support while standing and walking. Its four rubber stops provide a stable four-point base, while the folding hoop-frame design combines strength with convenient storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame weighs approximately \u003cstrong\u003e2.5 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, supports up to \u003cstrong\u003e120 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, and is height adjustable so the hand grips can be set for a more comfortable walking position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight aluminium frame\u003c\/strong\u003e weighing approximately 2.5 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour rubber stops\u003c\/strong\u003e for stable walking support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight-adjustable legs\u003c\/strong\u003e for individual fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoam hand grips\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for comfortable support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHoop-frame construction\u003c\/strong\u003e for strength and durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolds to approximately 100 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e for storage and transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e560 mm inside width\u003c\/strong\u003e and 615 mm overall width.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible frame system\u003c\/strong\u003e with alternative foot configurations where appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Deluxe_Walking_Frame.pdf?v=1756894746\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Cubro Deluxe Walking Frame Manual\"\u003eCubro Deluxe Walking Frame Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Cubro Deluxe Folding Walking Frame?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version suits users who prefer a traditional four-foot walking frame that can be placed firmly before each step. Its low weight makes it easier to handle, while the folding frame is practical for storage, vehicle transport and use around the home.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGetting the Walking Setup Right\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDeluxe Folding Walking Frame with 4 Feet will feel most natural when the handle position allows an upright posture with relaxed shoulders and a slight bend at the elbows. The user should be able to reach the brakes or handgrips without leaning forward. Wheel size and frame layout also matter: compact designs suit tighter indoor spaces, while larger wheels can feel more settled over uneven outdoor paths.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore relying on the aid away from home, practise turning, stopping, sitting and folding it in a clear area. If a seat is provided, park the brakes before sitting and use the back support as intended. Check that the folded dimensions and product weight are manageable for the person who will lift it into a vehicle or move it into storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the safe working load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe safe working load is 120 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the frame weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame weighs approximately 2.5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This version is supplied with four rubber stops for a stable four-point base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the height adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The legs are height adjustable so the frame can be set to suit the user.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is the frame?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall width is approximately 615 mm, with an inside width of approximately 560 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow deep is it when open?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall depth is approximately 485 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow compact is it when folded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt folds to approximately 100 mm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the frame made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses a lightweight aluminium frame with a hoop-style design for strength and stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of hand grips does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has foam hand grips intended to provide a comfortable support surface for the hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is a four-foot walking frame suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can suit people who need stable walking support and are able to lift or advance the frame safely between steps. Suitability should be assessed according to the user's mobility and clinical needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan different feet or wheels be fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Deluxe frame family supports different foot configurations, including stops, wheels and castors. Use only compatible components intended for the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a user manual available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Cubro Deluxe Walking Frame manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1800\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafe working load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e615 mm wide × 485 mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInside width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFolded depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFoot configuration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 rubber stops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Cubro","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676852953163,"sku":"CUB-DLXFRMNW","price":239.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/a317fab2-e674b4_19d18addd6d84a83af5446db74040d23_mv2.jpg?v=1754901815"},{"product_id":"deluxe-folding-walking-frame-with-front-wheels-rear-stops","title":"Deluxe Folding Walking Frame with Front Wheels, Rear Stops","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDeluxe Folding Walking Frame with Front Wheels and Rear Stops\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eCubro Deluxe Folding Walking Frame with Front Wheels and Rear Stops\u003c\/strong\u003e combines stable walking support with easier forward movement. Two front wheels allow the frame to roll ahead without being fully lifted at every step, while two rear rubber stops provide controlled contact with the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts lightweight aluminium hoop-frame construction weighs approximately \u003cstrong\u003e3.3 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, supports up to \u003cstrong\u003e120 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, and folds flat for storage or vehicle transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo front wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e for smoother forward movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo rear rubber stops\u003c\/strong\u003e for stable support and control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3.3 kg lightweight aluminium frame\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight-adjustable legs\u003c\/strong\u003e for individual fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoam hand grips\u003c\/strong\u003e for comfortable support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHoop-frame design\u003c\/strong\u003e for strength and durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolds to approximately 100 mm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e for storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e560 mm inside width\u003c\/strong\u003e and 615 mm overall width.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Deluxe_Walking_Frame.pdf?v=1756894746\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Cubro Deluxe Walking Frame Manual\"\u003eCubro Deluxe Walking Frame Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Wheeled Cubro Deluxe Walking Frame?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis configuration can suit users who benefit from a frame that rolls forward more easily than a four-stop model while retaining rear contact points for support. It remains lightweight, adjustable and compact enough to fold for transport or storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGetting the Walking Setup Right\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eDeluxe Folding Walking Frame with Front Wheels, Rear Stops will feel most natural when the handle position allows an upright posture with relaxed shoulders and a slight bend at the elbows. The user should be able to reach the brakes or handgrips without leaning forward. Wheel size and frame layout also matter: compact designs suit tighter indoor spaces, while larger wheels can feel more settled over uneven outdoor paths.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore relying on the aid away from home, practise turning, stopping, sitting and folding it in a clear area. If a seat is provided, park the brakes before sitting and use the back support as intended. Check that the folded dimensions and product weight are manageable for the person who will lift it into a vehicle or move it into storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the safe working load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe safe working load is 120 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the frame weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame weighs approximately 3.3 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat wheel and foot configuration does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has two front wheels and two rear rubber stops.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo I need to lift the entire frame to move forward?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe front wheels allow the frame to roll forward, reducing the need to lift the whole frame at every step. Use it only with a walking technique appropriate to the user's needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the height adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The legs are height adjustable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the overall dimensions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is approximately 615 mm wide and 485 mm deep when open.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the inside width?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe inside width is approximately 560 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow compact is it when folded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt folds to approximately 100 mm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the frame made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is made from lightweight aluminium.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of hand grips are fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses foam hand grips designed for comfortable hand support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the wheel or foot setup be changed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Deluxe frame family supports compatible stops, wheels and castors. Only use components intended for the frame and appropriate to the user's needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a user manual available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Cubro Deluxe Walking Frame manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafe working load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e615 mm wide × 485 mm deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInside width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFolded depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheel\/foot configuration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 front wheels, 2 rear rubber stops\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight adjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Cubro","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676852985931,"sku":"CUB-DLXWFWHLS","price":299.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/b30d2434-e674b4_4b9d72a837ae451fb4b6e98bf3e429c8_mv2.jpg?v=1754901815"},{"product_id":"adult-standard-crutches","title":"Adult Standard Crutches","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Adult Standard Crutch\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Adult Standard Crutch\u003c\/strong\u003e is a straightforward adjustable forearm crutch for everyday walking support. It combines a conventional handgrip, forearm cuff and push-button height adjustment in a lightweight design that is easy to set up for different users.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart offers the crutch as either a \u003cstrong\u003eSingle\u003c\/strong\u003e or a \u003cstrong\u003ePair\u003c\/strong\u003e, so it can be purchased to suit the walking technique or support plan being used. The handgrip height adjusts from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e780 to 1020 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e from the floor, with a \u003cstrong\u003e100 mm cuff\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA Simple, Adjustable Forearm Crutch\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is the more conventional option compared with Goldfern's anatomical crutch. The straight handgrip keeps the design familiar and easy to use, while the forearm cuff helps keep the crutch aligned with the arm during walking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor users who prefer a more shaped palm support, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/adult-anatomical-crutches\"\u003eGoldfern Adult Anatomical Crutches\u003c\/a\u003e may be worth considering instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSingle or Pair\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome users need two crutches, while others use one crutch for additional support on a single side. Offering both configurations means you can choose what matches the recommended walking technique rather than buying a pair unnecessarily.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the crutches are being used after an injury or surgery, follow the weight-bearing and walking instructions provided by the healthcare professional managing recovery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight adjustable \u003cstrong\u003eforearm-crutch design\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComfortable conventional handgrip and forearm cuff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor-to-handle adjustment approximately \u003cstrong\u003e780–1020 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 mm cuff size\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable from MoveSmart as a Single or Pair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush-button height adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRubber ground-contact tip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for appropriate indoor and outdoor walking surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable to ship NZ-wide from MoveSmart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Elbow_Crutches_User_Manual.pdf?v=1756718427\" title=\"Goldfern Elbow Crutches Instruction Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eGoldfern Elbow Crutches Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGetting the Fit Right\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handgrip should be easy to reach while standing without forcing the shoulders upward. The cuff should sit just below the elbow and should not interfere with normal bending of the arm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter changing the height, make sure the push button is fully engaged before using the crutch. Check the rubber tip regularly and replace it if it becomes worn, split, hard or loose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this sold as one crutch or a pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart offers both a Single variant and a Pair variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the floor-to-handle range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handgrip adjusts from approximately 780 to 1020 mm from the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the cuff size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cuff size is approximately 100 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the height adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lower section uses a push-button adjustment. The button must fully engage in the selected hole before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere should the handgrip sit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet it to a height that can be reached comfortably while standing without raising the shoulders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere should the cuff sit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cuff should sit just below the elbow without restricting elbow bending or normal arm movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I choose a single crutch if I only need support on one side?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, but the appropriate number of crutches and walking technique should match the user's needs and any professional advice they have been given.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan these crutches be used after a leg injury?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey can be used as part of an appropriate mobility plan, but the amount of weight permitted through an injured leg should be determined by the healthcare professional managing the injury.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the crutch if the height button has not clicked fully into place?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The adjustment button must be fully engaged before the crutch is used to bear weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the rubber tip be checked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Replace the tip if it becomes worn, damaged, hardened or loose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there a user manual?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Goldfern Elbow Crutches Instruction Manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre they suitable outdoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey can be used on appropriate outdoor surfaces, with extra care on wet, loose or uneven ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan they be delivered throughout New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Both Single and Pair variants are available to ship NZ-wide from MoveSmart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdult standard forearm crutch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFloor to handle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 780–1020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCuff size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent MoveSmart options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle; Pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePush-button height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Single","offer_id":41676853117003,"sku":"GF-STDCRUTS","price":27.5,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pair","offer_id":41676853149771,"sku":"GF-STDCRUTP","price":55.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/d33e8da7-e674b4_d5c48d7c62034d20bb4e748044629b10_mv2.webp?v=1754901815"},{"product_id":"adult-anatomical-crutches","title":"Adult Anatomical Crutches","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Adult Anatomical Crutches\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Adult Anatomical Crutches\u003c\/strong\u003e are adjustable forearm crutches with contoured handgrips shaped to follow the natural form of the hand. Compared with a conventional straight crutch handle, the anatomical grip spreads contact across more of the palm and can feel more natural for users who rely on crutches regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart supplies these crutches as a \u003cstrong\u003epair\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a choice of \u003cstrong\u003eBare Aluminium\u003c\/strong\u003e or \u003cstrong\u003eAnodised Blue\u003c\/strong\u003e. The handgrip height adjusts from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e780 to 1020 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e from the floor, and the forearm cuff measures approximately \u003cstrong\u003e100 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhat Makes an Anatomical Crutch Different?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe key difference is the shaped handgrip. Rather than asking the hand to wrap around a simple straight bar, the anatomical profile supports the palm in a more defined position. This can make the grip feel more comfortable or secure for some users, particularly when the crutches are used frequently.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the handle is shaped, left and right hand position matters more than with a basic straight-grip crutch. The pair should be set up so each hand sits naturally on its corresponding grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable for a Better Fit\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCorrect height is important for both comfort and walking technique. The handgrip should be easy to reach while standing without forcing the shoulders upward, while the cuff should sit just below the elbow so the arm can bend freely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter adjusting the height, make sure the locking button is fully engaged before putting weight through the crutch. Rubber tips should also be checked regularly because worn or hardened ferrules can reduce grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnatomically contoured handgrips\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable forearm-crutch design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor-to-handle adjustment approximately \u003cstrong\u003e780–1020 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 mm cuff size\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in Bare Aluminium or Anodised Blue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold by MoveSmart as a \u003cstrong\u003epair\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for indoor and outdoor everyday use on appropriate surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaceable rubber tips should be checked regularly for wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable to ship NZ-wide from MoveSmart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Elbow_Crutches_User_Manual.pdf?v=1756718427\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Goldfern Elbow Crutches Instruction Manual\"\u003eGoldfern Elbow Crutches Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes these crutches anatomical?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handgrips are contoured to follow the natural shape of the hand rather than using a simple straight grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre they sold as a pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. MoveSmart currently sells the Adult Anatomical Crutches as a pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCurrent MoveSmart variants are Bare Aluminium and Anodised Blue.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the floor-to-handle range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handgrip adjusts from approximately 780 to 1020 mm from the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the cuff size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cuff size is approximately 100 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the handgrip height be set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handgrip should be positioned so it can be reached comfortably while standing without raising the shoulders.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere should the cuff sit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cuff should sit just below the elbow without obstructing normal elbow bending or arm movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I check after adjusting the height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMake sure the adjustment button is fully engaged in its hole before putting weight through the crutch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan these crutches be used for partial or non-weight-bearing walking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe correct technique depends on the user's weight-bearing instructions. Follow the Goldfern manual and the advice given by the healthcare professional managing the injury or condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I put weight through an injured leg without medical advice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Follow the weight-bearing instructions given by the healthcare professional managing the injury or condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the rubber tips be inspected?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Check the tips regularly and replace them if they become worn, split, hardened or loose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there a user manual?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Goldfern Elbow Crutches Instruction Manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan they be delivered across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Both current variants are available to ship NZ-wide from MoveSmart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdult anatomical forearm crutches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFloor to handle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 780–1020 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCuff size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent variants\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBare Aluminium; Anodised Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMoveSmart configuration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Bare Aluminium","offer_id":42715100708939,"sku":"GF-ANTMCRUT-1","price":75.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Anodised Blue","offer_id":42715100741707,"sku":"GF-ANTMCRUT-2","price":75.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/f9d63d4b-e674b4_d2584c0b7f9649679d993209ef25c65c_mv2.jpg?v=1754901815"},{"product_id":"byacre-grocery-bag","title":"byACRE Grocery Bag","description":"\u003ch2\u003ebyACRE Grocery Bag\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ebyACRE Grocery Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e is a spacious rollator bag for shopping, errands and everyday carrying. Its durable polyester construction is weather- and wear-resistant, while a simple toggle closure provides quick access to the contents.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bag attaches to compatible byACRE rollators and folds down when not in use, making it a practical option for carrying groceries, clothing and other daily essentials without occupying the user's hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious shopping storage\u003c\/strong\u003e for groceries and everyday essentials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick-access toggle closure\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather- and wear-resistant polyester\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWipe-clean surface\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoldable design\u003c\/strong\u003e for compact storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with Carbon Ultralight, Carbon Overland and Nordic Pioneer rollators\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Accessories-User-Manual_outlined-Rev-1.2.pdf?v=1756719135\" title=\"byACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebyACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the byACRE Grocery Bag?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Grocery Bag gives rollator users useful carrying space for shopping and daily errands while keeping both hands available for the walker. Its simple closure, foldable construction and easy-clean material make it well suited to regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade for the Compatible byACRE Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ebyACRE Grocery Bag is designed to add useful everyday function to a compatible byACRE rollator while retaining the clean, lightweight character of the frame. Confirm the rollator model and attachment points before ordering, then consider how the accessory will affect folding, carrying, transfers and access to the brakes or handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit and load the accessory according to its instructions, keeping carried items within the stated limits and evenly distributed. Check attachments before each outing. If the rollator is regularly lifted into a vehicle, practise removing or securing the accessory as part of the normal folding and transport routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich rollators is the Grocery Bag compatible with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is compatible with the byACRE Carbon Ultralight, Carbon Overland and Nordic Pioneer rollators.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the bag intended to carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for groceries, clothing and other sensible everyday items that can be carried safely without overloading the rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the bag close?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses an easy open-and-close toggle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat material is it made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bag is made from durable, weather- and wear-resistant polyester.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Grocery Bag waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is weather-resistant for normal everyday conditions, but it should not be treated as fully waterproof or submerged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be folded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The bag folds down for more compact storage when it is not being used.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should it be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the material with a damp cloth and allow it to dry before storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it attach directly to the rollator?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed to attach to compatible byACRE rollators. Follow the accessory instructions for correct fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the rollator seat while the bag is fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the bag only in its intended mounting position and follow the rollator instructions so the seat, brakes and folding mechanism remain usable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there a published weight capacity for the bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo specific bag-load figure is stated on this MoveSmart listing, so avoid overloading it or carrying loads that affect rollator stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the rollator included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is the Grocery Bag accessory only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs an accessory manual available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The byACRE accessories manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessory type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRollator grocery\/shopping bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon Ultralight, Carbon Overland, Nordic Pioneer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeather- and wear-resistant polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eClosure\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eToggle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoldable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCare\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"byACRE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676853542987,"sku":"BYACRE-GRCYBAG","price":105.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/b2558456-e674b4_252090021b0b4a9890cd341c8507b8d1_mv2.webp?v=1754901818"},{"product_id":"byacre-weekend-bag","title":"byACRE Weekend Bag","description":"\u003ch2\u003ebyACRE Weekend Bag\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ebyACRE Weekend Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e is a larger rollator bag for shopping, day trips and short getaways. Its spacious interior provides more carrying room than a compact organiser bag, while durable weather- and wear-resistant material suits regular everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bag attaches to compatible byACRE rollators, folds down when not required and can be used with an optional shoulder strap for carrying away from the walker. Its neutral grey finish is designed to hide everyday marks and wipe clean easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpacious carry bag\u003c\/strong\u003e for shopping, outings and short trips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with Carbon Ultralight, Carbon Overland and Nordic Pioneer rollators\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick-attach rollator mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather- and wear-resistant material\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoldable design\u003c\/strong\u003e for compact storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWipe-clean surface\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide hooks for an optional shoulder strap\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrey finish\u003c\/strong\u003e for understated everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Accessories-User-Manual_outlined-Rev-1.2.pdf?v=1756719135\" title=\"byACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebyACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the byACRE Weekend Bag?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Weekend Bag is the byACRE option for users who need more carrying space than a small organiser while still wanting a bag that attaches neatly to the rollator and folds away when empty. It works well for larger shopping trips, personal items and short outings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade for the Compatible byACRE Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ebyACRE Weekend Bag is designed to add useful everyday function to a compatible byACRE rollator while retaining the clean, lightweight character of the frame. Confirm the rollator model and attachment points before ordering, then consider how the accessory will affect folding, carrying, transfers and access to the brakes or handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit and load the accessory according to its instructions, keeping carried items within the stated limits and evenly distributed. Check attachments before each outing. If the rollator is regularly lifted into a vehicle, practise removing or securing the accessory as part of the normal folding and transport routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich rollators is the Weekend Bag compatible with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is compatible with the byACRE Carbon Ultralight, Carbon Overland and Nordic Pioneer rollators.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Weekend Bag designed to carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is intended for shopping, clothing, personal items and other sensible everyday loads for outings or short trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it larger than the Organiser Bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Weekend Bag is intended as a more spacious carry option, while the Organiser Bag is designed for smaller essentials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it attach to the rollator?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses a quick-attach system designed for compatible byACRE rollators. Follow the accessory instructions for correct fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be carried away from the rollator?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The side hooks can be used with a compatible optional shoulder strap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the shoulder strap included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shoulder strap is a separate optional accessory unless specifically included with the selected purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the bag be folded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It folds down for more compact storage when empty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the material waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe material is weather-resistant for normal everyday conditions, but the bag should not be treated as fully waterproof or submerged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I clean it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the surface with a damp cloth and allow it to dry before storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there a published load capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo specific bag-load figure is stated on this MoveSmart listing, so avoid carrying loads that could affect rollator balance or handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the rollator come with the bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is the Weekend Bag accessory only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs an accessory manual available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The byACRE accessories manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessory type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge rollator carry bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon Ultralight, Carbon Overland, Nordic Pioneer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttachment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick-attach rollator mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShoulder carry\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with optional shoulder strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeather- and wear-resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoldable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCare\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"byACRE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676853575755,"sku":"BYACRE-WKNDBAG","price":120.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/b836d5cf-e674b4_6c2e24d1ad364eea989e146681db2ccc_mv2.jpg?v=1754901819"},{"product_id":"byacre-ultralight-organiser-bag","title":"byACRE Ultralight Organiser Bag","description":"\u003ch2\u003ebyACRE Ultralight Organiser Bag\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ebyACRE Ultralight Organiser Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact storage accessory for the Carbon Ultralight rollator, designed to keep smaller essentials such as a phone, keys, wallet and glasses within easy reach. Its minimalist grey design attaches neatly to the walker and can be removed for use as a shoulder bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart carries two fit variants for the Carbon Ultralight: \u003cstrong\u003eCompact\/Regular\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eLarge\/Wide Track\u003c\/strong\u003e. The durable weather- and wear-resistant material wipes clean easily, while the adjustable shoulder strap provides convenient carrying away from the rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/byacre-carbon-ultralight-walker\"\u003ebyACRE Carbon Ultralight\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo fit variants\u003c\/strong\u003e: Compact\/Regular and Large\/Wide Track.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact storage\u003c\/strong\u003e for phone, wallet, keys and other small essentials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy attachment and removal\u003c\/strong\u003e from the rollator.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable shoulder strap\u003c\/strong\u003e for standalone carrying.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather- and wear-resistant material\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGrey finish\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for understated everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWipe-clean surface\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Accessories-User-Manual_outlined-Rev-1.2.pdf?v=1756719135\" title=\"byACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebyACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the byACRE Ultralight Organiser Bag?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Organiser Bag is a useful alternative to a larger shopping bag when only a few personal items need to be carried. It keeps essentials accessible on the Carbon Ultralight, then converts into a compact shoulder bag when the user steps away from the rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade for the Compatible byACRE Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ebyACRE Ultralight Organiser Bag is designed to add useful everyday function to a compatible byACRE rollator while retaining the clean, lightweight character of the frame. Confirm the rollator model and attachment points before ordering, then consider how the accessory will affect folding, carrying, transfers and access to the brakes or handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit and load the accessory according to its instructions, keeping carried items within the stated limits and evenly distributed. Check attachments before each outing. If the rollator is regularly lifted into a vehicle, practise removing or securing the accessory as part of the normal folding and transport routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich rollator is the Organiser Bag designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for the byACRE Carbon Ultralight rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat fit options are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart carries Compact\/Regular and Large\/Wide Track variants for the corresponding Carbon Ultralight frame sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the Large\/Wide Track version fit the Carbon Overland?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis MoveSmart product is an Ultralight Organiser Bag. Select the variant according to your Carbon Ultralight frame size; the size name does not indicate compatibility with the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/byacre-carbon-overland-walker\"\u003eCarbon Overland\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat can I carry in the bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is intended for small essentials such as a phone, wallet, keys, glasses and similar lightweight personal items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used as a shoulder bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It includes an adjustable shoulder strap for carrying the bag away from the rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the shoulder strap adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The strap can be adjusted for a comfortable carrying length.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the material weather-resistant?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The material is weather- and wear-resistant for normal everyday use, but the bag should not be treated as fully waterproof.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I clean the Organiser Bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the exterior with a damp cloth and allow it to dry before storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be removed easily?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed to attach and detach from the compatible Carbon Ultralight frame without turning it into a permanent fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it interfere with the walker controls?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen fitted in its intended position and according to the accessory instructions, it is designed to keep the handles and controls available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the rollator included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is the Organiser Bag accessory only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs an accessory manual available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The byACRE accessories manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessory type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact rollator organiser bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ebyACRE Carbon Ultralight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVariants\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact\/Regular, Large\/Wide Track\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCarry option\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable shoulder strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeather- and wear-resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCare\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWipe clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"byACRE","offers":[{"title":"For Compact\/Regular","offer_id":41740490309707,"sku":"BYACRE-ULORGBAG-1","price":69.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"For Large\/Wide Track","offer_id":41740490342475,"sku":"BYACRE-ULORGBAG-2","price":69.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/ae862ecf-e674b4_990264fca236413fadb551678ce126f4_mv2.webp?v=1754901818"},{"product_id":"byacre-ultralight-travel-bag","title":"byACRE Ultralight Travel Bag","description":"\u003ch2\u003ebyACRE Ultralight Travel Bag\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ebyACRE Ultralight Travel Bag\u003c\/strong\u003e is a padded transport bag for the Carbon Ultralight rollator. It helps protect the folded walker from scratches and everyday handling marks while travelling, with a padded interior and a protective separator between the wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe durable grey melange exterior is designed for repeated travel use, while a carry handle and adjustable shoulder strap provide two ways to handle the packed rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/byacre-carbon-ultralight-walker\"\u003ebyACRE Carbon Ultralight\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePadded interior lining\u003c\/strong\u003e helps protect the folded rollator.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProtective wheel separator\u003c\/strong\u003e helps reduce rubbing between components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable grey melange exterior\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarry handle\u003c\/strong\u003e for short lifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable shoulder strap\u003c\/strong\u003e for another carrying option.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUseful for vehicle, airport and general travel handling\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Accessories-User-Manual_outlined-Rev-1.2.pdf?v=1756719135\" title=\"byACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebyACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the byACRE Ultralight Travel Bag?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Travel Bag gives Carbon Ultralight users a purpose-designed way to contain and cushion the folded rollator during transport. Padding, wheel separation and two carry options make it more practical for regular vehicle or travel use than transporting the bare folded frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade for the Compatible byACRE Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ebyACRE Ultralight Travel Bag is designed to add useful everyday function to a compatible byACRE rollator while retaining the clean, lightweight character of the frame. Confirm the rollator model and attachment points before ordering, then consider how the accessory will affect folding, carrying, transfers and access to the brakes or handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit and load the accessory according to its instructions, keeping carried items within the stated limits and evenly distributed. Check attachments before each outing. If the rollator is regularly lifted into a vehicle, practise removing or securing the accessory as part of the normal folding and transport routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich rollator is this Travel Bag designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis MoveSmart product is designed for the byACRE Carbon Ultralight rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fit every Carbon Ultralight track size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for the Carbon Ultralight family. Fold and pack the rollator according to the accessory instructions and check the fit before travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the bag protect the rollator?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe padded lining cushions the frame and a protective separator helps keep the wheels from rubbing against other components.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it a hard travel case?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a padded soft travel bag rather than a rigid hard-shell case.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the bag carried?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has a carry handle and an adjustable shoulder strap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the bag guarantee protection from airline or baggage damage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It adds padded protection but cannot guarantee against crushing, impact or rough baggage handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the rollator be folded before packing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Fold the Carbon Ultralight and pack it according to the accessory instructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the bag be used for storage at home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It can help keep the folded rollator contained and protected from incidental marks while stored.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the grey exterior waterproof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a travel-ready durable material, but the bag should not be treated as a fully waterproof case or left exposed to heavy rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the shoulder strap be adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The shoulder strap is adjustable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the rollator included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is the Travel Bag accessory only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs an accessory manual available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The byACRE accessories manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessory type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePadded rollator travel bag\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ebyACRE Carbon Ultralight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExterior\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable grey melange material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInterior\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePadded lining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInternal protection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWheel separator\/protection pad\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCarry options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarry handle and adjustable shoulder strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTransport and storage of folded rollator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"byACRE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676853674059,"sku":"BYACRE-ULTVLBAG","price":235.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/928730fe-e674b4_4741cc28b4d94284ac415d076711c4cf_mv2.webp?v=1754901818"},{"product_id":"byacre-cup-holder","title":"byACRE Cup Holder","description":"\u003ch2\u003ebyACRE Cup Holder\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ebyACRE Cup Holder\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps a drink within easy reach while leaving the rollator hand grips clear. It mounts below the handle area with a secure screw attachment and can be detached when not required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts durable, weather-resistant construction is designed for everyday use, while the open holder shape suits many standard drink bottles and travel mugs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBelow-handle mounting\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps the hand grips unobstructed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecure screw attachment\u003c\/strong\u003e for stable everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDetachable design\u003c\/strong\u003e when the holder is not needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather- and wear-resistant construction\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for many standard bottles and travel mugs\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with byACRE Carbon Ultralight, Carbon Overland and Nordic Pioneer rollators\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Accessories-User-Manual_outlined-Rev-1.2.pdf?v=1756719135\" title=\"byACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebyACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the byACRE Cup Holder?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Cup Holder provides a dedicated place for a drink without taking up the main grip area or requiring the user to carry a bottle by hand. Its low mounting position and removable design make it a simple practical accessory for everyday outings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade for the Compatible byACRE Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ebyACRE Cup Holder is designed to add useful everyday function to a compatible byACRE rollator while retaining the clean, lightweight character of the frame. Confirm the rollator model and attachment points before ordering, then consider how the accessory will affect folding, carrying, transfers and access to the brakes or handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit and load the accessory according to its instructions, keeping carried items within the stated limits and evenly distributed. Check attachments before each outing. If the rollator is regularly lifted into a vehicle, practise removing or securing the accessory as part of the normal folding and transport routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich byACRE rollators is the Cup Holder compatible with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is compatible with the Carbon Ultralight, Carbon Overland and Nordic Pioneer rollators.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere does the Cup Holder mount?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt mounts below the handle area so the main hand grips remain clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it attached?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe holder uses a secure screw attachment. Follow the accessory instructions when fitting it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be removed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It can be detached when it is not required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat drinks will it hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for many standard bottles and travel mugs. Very large, unusually shaped or top-heavy containers may not fit securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for hot drinks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA securely closed travel mug can be used if it fits properly. Take care with hot liquids and avoid open cups that could spill while moving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it outdoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The holder is made from weather- and wear-resistant materials for normal everyday outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it interfere with the brakes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen installed correctly in the intended position, it is designed to leave the rollator controls and grips accessible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes a bottle come with it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is the Cup Holder accessory only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I leave it fitted when folding the rollator?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCheck clearance before folding and follow the accessory instructions. Removing it may make transport or storage easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should it be cleaned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it clean with a damp cloth and dry it after wet or dirty use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the accessories manual included online?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The byACRE accessories manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessory type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRollator drink holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon Ultralight, Carbon Overland, Nordic Pioneer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting position\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBelow handle area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAttachment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrew mounted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRemoval\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetachable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eContainer suitability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMany standard bottles and travel mugs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeather- and wear-resistant material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"byACRE","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676853739595,"sku":"BYACRE-CUPHLD","price":99.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/8d1e3d8d-e674b4_cb8719d0167e481da913947d72abc733_mv2.webp?v=1754901818"},{"product_id":"byacre-ultralight-backrest","title":"byACRE Ultralight Backrest","description":"\u003ch2\u003ebyACRE Ultralight Backrest\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ebyACRE Ultralight Backrest\u003c\/strong\u003e adds lower-back support when using the built-in seat on a Carbon Ultralight rollator. Its curved PE thermoplastic form is lightweight, flexible and weather-resistant, providing a supportive surface without turning the walker into a bulky chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe backrest attaches and detaches without tools and moves with the rollator handle-height adjustment. MoveSmart carries separate Regular\/Compact and Wide Track versions to match the Carbon Ultralight frame size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic lower-back support\u003c\/strong\u003e for seated rest breaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePE thermoplastic construction\u003c\/strong\u003e for lightweight flexibility and durability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather-resistant material\u003c\/strong\u003e for normal indoor and outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool-free attachment and removal\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight adjusts with the rollator handles\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular\/Compact and Wide Track variants\u003c\/strong\u003e for Carbon Ultralight frame sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-padded formed backrest\u003c\/strong\u003e for simple supportive seating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Accessories-User-Manual_outlined-Rev-1.2.pdf?v=1756719135\" title=\"byACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebyACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the byACRE Ultralight Backrest?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Carbon Ultralight already provides a seat for short rests; this backrest adds support behind the lower back while keeping the overall accessory light and easy to remove. Choosing the correct version for the rollator track size ensures the intended fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade for the Compatible byACRE Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ebyACRE Ultralight Backrest is designed to add useful everyday function to a compatible byACRE rollator while retaining the clean, lightweight character of the frame. Confirm the rollator model and attachment points before ordering, then consider how the accessory will affect folding, carrying, transfers and access to the brakes or handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit and load the accessory according to its instructions, keeping carried items within the stated limits and evenly distributed. Check attachments before each outing. If the rollator is regularly lifted into a vehicle, practise removing or securing the accessory as part of the normal folding and transport routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich rollator is the Ultralight Backrest designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/byacre-carbon-ultralight-walker\"\u003ebyACRE Carbon Ultralight\u003c\/a\u003e rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose Regular\/Compact for those Carbon Ultralight frame sizes, or Wide Track for the Wide Track Carbon Ultralight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the padded backrest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is the formed PE thermoplastic backrest rather than the separate padded backrest accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat material is it made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made from lightweight PE thermoplastic.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it require tools to fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is designed for tool-free attachment and removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the backrest height be adjusted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts position changes with the rollator handle-height adjustment, helping maintain an appropriate support position.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used outdoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The material is weather-resistant for normal everyday indoor and outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it replace the rollator seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It adds back support while the user sits on the rollator's existing seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the parking brakes be used before sitting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Always engage the rollator parking brakes before using the seat or backrest.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be removed for travel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The tool-free design makes it straightforward to detach for transport or storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the rollator included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is the backrest accessory only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs an accessory manual available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The byACRE accessories manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessory type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-padded rollator backrest\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ebyACRE Carbon Ultralight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVariants\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRegular\/Compact, Wide Track\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePE thermoplastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePosition follows rollator handle-height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool-free attachment and removal\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower-back support while seated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"byACRE","offers":[{"title":"Regular\/Compact","offer_id":41676853805131,"sku":"BYACRE-ULBKRST-RC","price":99.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Wide Track","offer_id":41676853837899,"sku":"BYACRE-ULBKRST-WT","price":99.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/0c5f2160-e674b4_cee3d0557d09433480bdd2b06c82f189_mv2.webp?v=1754901818"},{"product_id":"byacre-ultralight-cane-holder","title":"byACRE Ultralight Cane Holder","description":"\u003ch2\u003ebyACRE Ultralight Cane Holder\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ebyACRE Ultralight Cane Holder\u003c\/strong\u003e allows a walking stick to be carried securely on the Carbon Ultralight rollator while keeping both hands free for the walker handles. A lower holder supports the cane tip while an upper clip keeps the shaft close to the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo interchangeable upper clip sizes accommodate different cane diameters, and a drainage opening in the lower holder helps prevent water and dirt collecting during everyday outdoor use. MoveSmart carries separate Left and Right variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/byacre-carbon-ultralight-walker\"\u003ebyACRE Carbon Ultralight\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-part support\u003c\/strong\u003e with upper clip and lower holder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo upper clip sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e for different cane shaft diameters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeft and Right variants\u003c\/strong\u003e available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrainage opening\u003c\/strong\u003e in the lower holder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool-free everyday cane insertion and removal\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight rollator accessory\u003c\/strong\u003e for users who alternate between cane and walker.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Accessories-User-Manual_outlined-Rev-1.2.pdf?v=1756719135\" title=\"byACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebyACRE Overland and Ultralight Accessories Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the byACRE Ultralight Cane Holder?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Cane Holder keeps a walking stick accessible without requiring it to be carried in one hand or placed loose in a bag. Its upper and lower supports keep the cane positioned neatly alongside the Carbon Ultralight during normal rollator use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eMade for the Compatible byACRE Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ebyACRE Ultralight Cane Holder is designed to add useful everyday function to a compatible byACRE rollator while retaining the clean, lightweight character of the frame. Confirm the rollator model and attachment points before ordering, then consider how the accessory will affect folding, carrying, transfers and access to the brakes or handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFit and load the accessory according to its instructions, keeping carried items within the stated limits and evenly distributed. Check attachments before each outing. If the rollator is regularly lifted into a vehicle, practise removing or securing the accessory as part of the normal folding and transport routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich rollator is this cane holder designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis MoveSmart product is designed for the byACRE Carbon Ultralight rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre Left and Right versions available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. MoveSmart carries separate Left and Right variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it hold the cane?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cane tip sits in the lower holder while the shaft clips into the upper support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit different cane diameters?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eTwo interchangeable upper clip sizes are supplied to accommodate different standard cane shaft diameters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the drainage opening for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt allows water and dirt to drain from the lower holder rather than accumulating around the cane tip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the cane be removed quickly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Release the cane from the upper clip and lift it from the lower holder when needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes installation require tools?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFollow the accessory instructions for initial fitting. Day-to-day cane insertion and removal does not require tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the walking stick come with it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This product is the cane-holder accessory only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose Left or Right?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the side that best suits how you normally reach for and use your walking stick.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used outdoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is designed for normal everyday rollator use, and the drainage feature helps after damp conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it interfere with the seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen fitted correctly it is intended to sit alongside the rollator without preventing normal use of the seat or handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs an accessory manual available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The byACRE accessories manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessory type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRollator cane holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ebyACRE Carbon Ultralight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVariants\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLeft, Right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport system\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper clip and lower holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUpper clips\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwo sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDrainage\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower-holder drainage opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarries a walking stick on the rollator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"byACRE","offers":[{"title":"Left","offer_id":41740490244171,"sku":"BYACRE-ULWSH-1","price":95.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Right","offer_id":41740490276939,"sku":"BYACRE-ULWSH-2","price":95.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/9e0a3fc1-e674b4_4b3071fc67ca4cd89b9760e14016f6c6_mv2.webp?v=1754901819"},{"product_id":"byacre-carbon-ultralight-walker","title":"byACRE Carbon Ultralight Walker","description":"\u003ch2\u003ebyACRE Carbon Ultralight Walker\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003ebyACRE Carbon Ultralight\u003c\/strong\u003e is a premium carbon-fibre rollator built around one very practical idea: make a supportive four-wheel walker light enough that transport does not become a chore. The Narrow\/Compact and Regular versions weigh approximately \u003cstrong\u003e4.8 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, while the Wide Track version is around \u003cstrong\u003e4.9 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, making the range especially appealing to users who regularly lift a walker into a car or take it on trips.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLow weight is only part of the design. Forward-facing ergonomic handles, hidden brake cables, puncture-proof 200 mm wheels and three different track widths allow the Carbon Ultralight to work as an everyday walking aid rather than simply a lightweight travel frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExceptionally Light for Everyday Transport\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA rollator may be easy to walk with but frustrating to own if it is difficult to lift into a boot, carry up a few steps or move between transport connections. At under 5 kg without accessories, the Carbon Ultralight removes much of that handling weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame also folds to around \u003cstrong\u003e25 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e, so it takes up less space beside furniture or in a vehicle. For users who travel regularly or have a smaller car, that combination of low weight and narrow folded size is one of its biggest advantages.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eThree Sizes Rather Than One\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Carbon Ultralight is available from MoveSmart in \u003cstrong\u003eNarrow, Regular and Wide Track\u003c\/strong\u003e versions. This is more than a simple colour choice: overall width, seat width and the space between the handles change between sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Narrow\/Compact version is the easiest fit through tighter spaces and has the lower seat height. Regular suits many average-size users, while Wide Track provides more room between the handles and a wider seat. Choosing the right track size helps the user stay comfortably positioned within the frame rather than walking too far behind or feeling cramped.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eForward-Facing Ergonomic Handles\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handles point forward rather than extending sideways like many traditional rollators. This encourages the hands and body to stay closer to the frame, which can make steering feel more direct and helps avoid the tendency to reach too far ahead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHandle height adjusts to suit the different frame sizes, and the brake cables are routed inside the design to keep the exterior clean and reduce loose cabling around the user's hands.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePuncture-Proof Wheels for Urban and Everyday Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 200 mm PUR\/rubber wheels are puncture-proof and designed to absorb some vibration without the maintenance of air-filled tyres. They are well suited to indoor floors, footpaths, shops, paved areas and ordinary community walking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor frequent grass, gravel or rougher outdoor routes, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/byacre-carbon-overland-walker\"\u003eCarbon Overland\u003c\/a\u003e's larger pneumatic tyres provide more terrain cushioning. The Ultralight's strength is portability and everyday manoeuvrability rather than maximum off-road ability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBuilt-In Seat\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA built-in seat provides a place to rest when the rollator is safely stopped and the brakes are applied. Seat dimensions vary by track size, so the wider model is not simply a wider walking frame — it also gives more seated space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarbon-fibre frame\u003c\/strong\u003e for very low carrying weight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 4.8–4.9 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on track size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e130 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e across all sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree track sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e: Narrow\/Compact, Regular and Wide Track.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForward-facing ergonomic handles\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHidden brake cables\u003c\/strong\u003e for a clean frame layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e200 mm puncture-proof PUR\/rubber wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 25 cm folded width\u003c\/strong\u003e for transport and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in seat\u003c\/strong\u003e for rest breaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight MoveSmart colour options\u003c\/strong\u003e across the current range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCarbon Ultralight, Carbon Overland or Nordic Pioneer?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eCarbon Ultralight\u003c\/strong\u003e when low carrying weight, compact folding and urban\/everyday use are the priorities. The \u003cstrong\u003eCarbon Overland\u003c\/strong\u003e adds larger pneumatic tyres for rougher outdoor terrain, while the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/byacre-nordic-pioneer\"\u003eNordic Pioneer\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e uses a 5.9 kg aluminium\/EPP frame with larger puncture-proof wheels for a middle ground between portability and mixed-surface use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA full range of compatible accessories is available here: \u003ca title=\"Walker and Rollator Accessories\" rel=\"noopener\" href=\"https:\/\/www.movesmart.nz\/collections\/walker-acessories\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ebyACRE Accessories\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"byACRE Carbon Ultralight Walkers\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Carbon-Ultralight-User-Manual-Rev1.5.pdf?v=1756719130\" target=\"_blank\"\u003ebyACRE Carbon Ultralight Walkers Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe title=\"YouTube video player\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/A-vw9Wlgw_A?si=udabaKRFOPataUrL\" height=\"315\" width=\"560\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the Carbon Ultralight weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Narrow\/Compact and Regular versions weigh approximately 4.8 kg without accessories. The Wide Track version is approximately 4.9 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum user weight is 130 kg for all three track sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat sizes are available through MoveSmart?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart carries Narrow, Regular and Wide Track variants. The Narrow option corresponds to the compact track format.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the handle-height ranges?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Narrow\/Compact version adjusts from approximately 79–91 cm. Regular and Wide Track versions adjust from approximately 80–95 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow wide are the seats?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeat width is approximately 41 cm for Narrow\/Compact, 42 cm for Regular and 47 cm for Wide Track.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the seat heights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSeat height is approximately 56 cm for Narrow\/Compact and 61 cm for Regular and Wide Track.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is the walker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOverall width is approximately 61.5 cm for Narrow\/Compact, 62.5 cm for Regular and 67.5 cm for Wide Track.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow compact is it when folded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe folded width is approximately 25 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wheels are approximately 200 mm in diameter and use a puncture-proof PUR\/rubber construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A built-in seat allows the user to stop and rest when the walker is safely parked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the walker arrive assembled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Carbon Ultralight is supplied assembled; unfold it and adjust the handles before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours does MoveSmart carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current MoveSmart variants include Pale Rose, Champagne Gold, Morning Blue, Oyster White, British Racing Green, Royal Blue, Carbon Black and Strawberry Red, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan accessories be added?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Compatible byACRE accessories include bags, backrests, cane holders, cup holders and travel accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNarrow \/ Compact\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRegular\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWide Track\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWeight without accessories\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.9 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e79–91 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80–95 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80–95 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67.5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e41 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e56 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e61 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFolded width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 25 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheel diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"byACRE","offers":[{"title":"Pale Rose \/ Regular","offer_id":41686561488971,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-PRR","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pale Rose \/ Narrow","offer_id":41686561521739,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-PRN","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pale Rose \/ Wide Track","offer_id":41686561554507,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-PRWT","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Champagne Gold \/ Regular","offer_id":41686561587275,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-CGR","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Champagne Gold \/ Narrow","offer_id":41686561620043,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-CGN","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Champagne Gold \/ Wide Track","offer_id":41686561652811,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-CGWT","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Morning Blue \/ Regular","offer_id":41686561685579,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-MBR","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Morning Blue \/ Narrow","offer_id":41686561718347,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-MBN","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Morning Blue \/ Wide Track","offer_id":41686561751115,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-MBWT","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Oyster White \/ Regular","offer_id":41686561783883,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-OWR","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Oyster White \/ Narrow","offer_id":41686561816651,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-OWN","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Oyster White \/ Wide Track","offer_id":41686561849419,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-OWWT","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"British Racing Green \/ Regular","offer_id":41686561882187,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-BRGR","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"British Racing Green \/ Narrow","offer_id":41686561914955,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-BRGN","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"British Racing Green \/ Wide Track","offer_id":41686561947723,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-BRGWT","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Royal Blue \/ Regular","offer_id":41686561980491,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-RBR","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Royal Blue \/ Narrow","offer_id":41686562013259,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-RBNN","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Royal Blue \/ Wide Track","offer_id":41686562046027,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-RBWT","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Carbon Black \/ Regular","offer_id":41686562078795,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-CBR","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Carbon Black \/ Narrow","offer_id":41686562111563,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-CBN","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Carbon Black \/ Wide Track","offer_id":41686562144331,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-CBWT","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Strawberry Red \/ Regular","offer_id":41686562177099,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-SRR","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Strawberry Red \/ Narrow","offer_id":41686562209867,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-SRN","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Strawberry Red \/ Wide Track","offer_id":41686562242635,"sku":"LMO-CFUL-SRWT","price":1249.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/01aa3b8e-e674b4_7f6325b414924476a85f82e933b68c58_mv2.webp?v=1754901818"},{"product_id":"goldfern-x-fold-mini-rollator","title":"Goldfern X-FOLD Mini Rollator","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern X-FOLD Mini Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern X-FOLD Mini Rollator\u003c\/strong\u003e is the compact, lightweight member of Goldfern's X-FOLD range. It is designed for users who want a narrow frame for tighter spaces without giving up an integrated seat, 8-inch wheels and useful storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt approximately \u003cstrong\u003e5.65 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Mini is one of the lighter Goldfern rollators. It supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e136 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, measures approximately \u003cstrong\u003e535 mm wide overall\u003c\/strong\u003e and provides around \u003cstrong\u003e380 mm between the arms\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the X-FOLD Mini Fits in the Goldfern Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the Mini when compact width and low carrying weight are the priorities. It is lighter than the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/goldfern-narrow-premium-rollator\"\u003eNarrow Premium\u003c\/a\u003e and uses a breathable mesh seat and removable wheels rather than the more traditional padded-seat Premium design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/goldfern-x-fold-plus-rollator\"\u003eX-FOLD PLUS\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e uses the same lightweight folding concept but increases user capacity to 180 kg and provides much more width between the arms. If extra seating space or capacity is needed, the PLUS is the better comparison.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompact for Indoor Use and Transport\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Mini is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e535 mm wide overall\u003c\/strong\u003e, helping it work in narrower hallways and around furniture. The aluminium frame folds and the 8-inch wheels can be removed, reducing bulk for vehicle transport or storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eConvertible Shopping Bag and Everyday Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe removable shopping bag converts into a shoulder or satchel bag when detached from the rollator. A cane holder, soft backrest and breathable mesh seat are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X-FOLD Gutter Arm and Long Handle kits are intended for the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/goldfern-x-fold-rollator\"\u003estandard X-FOLD\u003c\/a\u003e and X-FOLD PLUS and should not be assumed to fit the Mini.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5.65 kg aluminium frame\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e136 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e535 mm overall width\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e380 mm width between the arms\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8-inch removable wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable shopping bag converts to a shoulder\/satchel bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCane holder, soft backrest and breathable mesh seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure opening and closing mechanism with retaining strap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for indoor and outdoor use on stable surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eISO 11199-2:2021 tested and passed\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinor assembly required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12-month warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca title=\"Goldfern X-FOLD Rollator Range Manual\" href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/X-Fold_Rollator_Range_Instruction_Manual.pdf?v=1756718430\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eGoldfern X-FOLD Rollator Range Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the X-FOLD Mini best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who want a lightweight, compact rollator for tighter indoor spaces and easier transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with the Narrow Premium?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Mini is lighter and slightly narrower overall. The Narrow Premium uses a more traditional padded-seat Premium-rollator design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with the X-FOLD PLUS?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe PLUS supports up to 180 kg and provides much more width between the arms, while the Mini is the narrower compact option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the X-FOLD Mini weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 5.65 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e136 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 515 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 370 x 200 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the handle-height range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 780–880 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 535 mm overall, with about 380 mm between the arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e8-inch removable wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the shopping bag come off?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It can also be used as a shoulder or satchel bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a cane holder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart currently offers Green, Grey and Purple variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo the gutter-arm or long-handle kits fit the Mini?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are listed for the standard X-FOLD and X-FOLD PLUS, not the Mini, so they should not be assumed to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e515 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e370 x 200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable handle height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e780–880 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth between arms\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e535 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e730 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.65 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e136 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 inch, removable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent MoveSmart colours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen; Grey; Purple\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 11199-2:2021\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Green","offer_id":41676855083083,"sku":"GF-XFOLDMINI-GR","price":430.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey","offer_id":41676855115851,"sku":"GF-XFOLDMINI-GY","price":430.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple","offer_id":41676855148619,"sku":"GF-XFOLDMINI-PU","price":430.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/26cb3ed1-e674b4_7fe71781d8564507bcc409017879bfb5_mv2.png?v=1754901823"},{"product_id":"3-wheeled-aluminium-rollator","title":"3 Wheeled Aluminium Rollator","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern 3 Wheeled Aluminium Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern 3 Wheeled Aluminium Rollator\u003c\/strong\u003e is a lightweight, compact walking aid for people who want steady hand support without the bulk of a larger four-wheel rollator. Its three-wheel layout and swivel front castor make it easy to steer through tighter indoor spaces, while the 8-inch puncture-proof polyurethane tyres are suitable for everyday use on appropriate indoor and outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWeighing just \u003cstrong\u003e4.65 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is also a practical option when the rollator needs to be lifted into a car, stored between uses or carried through the home. The aluminium frame folds down easily, and the included vinyl carry pouch gives you somewhere to keep smaller personal items while walking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eA Compact Alternative to a Four-Wheel Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe main advantage of a three-wheel rollator is manoeuvrability. With a single front castor and a narrower, more open frame, it can be easier to turn through doorways, hallways and other confined spaces than a larger four-wheel model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis style is best suited to users who want walking support and portability rather than a built-in seat. If you regularly need to sit and rest while out, a four-wheel rollator with a seat may be the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEasy to Adjust and Control\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handles adjust from \u003cstrong\u003e820 to 945 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing the rollator to be set to a more comfortable walking height. Hand brakes are positioned at the grips and include a locking function, so the brakes can be held on when the rollator is stationary.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 8-inch polyurethane wheels are puncture-proof, removing the need to maintain tyre pressure or repair flats. The swivel front wheel helps the rollator change direction easily, while the two rear wheels provide the braking points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEasy to Fold, Carry and Store\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt 620 mm wide and 580 mm deep when open, the rollator has a compact footprint for everyday use. The folding aluminium frame reduces the space it takes up when transporting or storing it, and its low overall weight makes it easier to handle than many larger rollators.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight 4.65 kg aluminium frame\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-wheel design\u003c\/strong\u003e for manoeuvrability in tighter spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8-inch puncture-proof polyurethane tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwivel front castor for easy steering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable ergonomic handles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand brakes with locking function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFolding frame for transport and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacious vinyl carry pouch for everyday items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum user weight of \u003cstrong\u003e114 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho Is This Rollator Best Suited To?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis rollator is a good fit for someone who values \u003cstrong\u003elight weight, compact storage and easy turning\u003c\/strong\u003e. It can work particularly well around the home, shops and smoother outdoor areas where a bulky frame is unnecessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you need a built-in seat, a wider base or a rollator intended for rougher terrain, one of MoveSmart's four-wheel or all-terrain walkers may be more suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the rollator weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe net rollator weight is 4.65 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum user weight is 114 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow high do the handles adjust?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handle height adjusts from 820 to 945 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses 8-inch polyurethane wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the tyres puncture-proof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The rollator uses puncture-proof polyurethane tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it fold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The aluminium frame folds for easier storage and transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A spacious vinyl carry pouch is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used outdoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, on suitable everyday outdoor surfaces. Choose surfaces appropriate for a wheeled walking aid and use the brakes as needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have brakes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It has hand brakes with a locking function.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8-inch PU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable handle height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e820–945 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e620 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e580 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.65 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e114 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolding aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676855410763,"sku":"GF-3WHLWLKR","price":275.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/20f1d76e-e674b4_0a1e6ae81be04c769659aec637029e11_mv2.png?v=1754901825"},{"product_id":"table-top-cane-holder","title":"Table Top Cane Holder","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Table Top Cane Holder\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Table Top Cane Holder\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact folding accessory designed to keep a compatible walking stick close at hand when the user is seated at a table. It clips around the cane shaft and opens to create a small support that rests on the table edge, avoiding the common problem of a walking stick sliding to the floor when leaned against furniture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe holder folds down when it is not needed, so it can remain attached to a suitable cane without adding much bulk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eUseful at Dining Tables, Cafés and Desks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA walking stick can be difficult to store within reach when seated. Leaning it against a chair or table often leaves it unstable, while placing it on the floor may make it difficult to retrieve. The Table Top Cane Holder gives the stick a simple resting point on a compatible table edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt does not clamp the cane permanently to the table. The user should make sure the holder is sitting securely before releasing the stick, particularly on rounded, very thin or unusually shaped table edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoldfern states that the holder clips onto most standard-spec walking sticks and lists compatibility with its \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/t-handle-walking-stick\"\u003eT-Handle Walking Stick\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eFolding Walking Stick\u003c\/strong\u003e range where the accessory fits correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWalking-stick shaft shapes and diameters vary, so universal fit should not be assumed. Check that the clip holds securely without damaging or distorting the cane.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eTable Holder or Self-Standing Base?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eTable Top Cane Holder\u003c\/strong\u003e when the main goal is keeping the walking stick beside you while seated at a table. Choose a \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/self-standing-walking-stick-base\"\u003eself-standing walking-stick base\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when you want the cane to stand upright on a suitable floor surface without relying on a table edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClip-on walking-stick accessory\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding design\u003c\/strong\u003e for compact everyday use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpens to let a compatible cane \u003cstrong\u003erest on a table edge\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps keep the walking stick close and easier to reach while seated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to fit most standard-spec walking sticks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with Goldfern T-Handle and Folding Walking Sticks where correctly fitted.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo powered components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the Table Top Cane Holder do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt creates a small support that allows a compatible walking stick to rest on the edge of a table while the user is seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it attach to a walking stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe holder clips around the walking-stick shaft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every walking stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Goldfern states that it fits most standard-spec walking sticks, but shaft diameter and shape vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it used at a table?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOpen the holder and position it on a suitable table edge, then check that the cane is stable before letting go.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the holder fold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It folds down for a more compact profile when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it make the walking stick self-standing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It relies on a suitable table edge. A self-standing base is a separate type of cane accessory.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it compatible with Goldfern T-Handle Walking Sticks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, where the holder fits the cane shaft correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it compatible with Goldfern Folding Walking Sticks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Goldfern also lists its folding walking-stick range as compatible where correctly fitted.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on any table?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Table thickness, shape and edge profile vary. Make sure the holder sits securely before relying on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it damage a walking stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt should fit without forcing or distorting the shaft. Stop using it if the clip is excessively tight or damages the cane finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I leave the cane hanging where someone could knock it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAvoid positioning the cane where it creates a trip hazard or can be easily bumped by people passing the table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it better than a self-standing cane base?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey solve different problems. The table holder is useful while seated at a table; a self-standing base is designed to support the cane on a suitable floor surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Goldfern Table Top Cane Holder available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This cane accessory is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClip-on table-edge cane holder\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeeping a walking stick beside the user at a suitable table\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMost standard-spec walking sticks; check fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGoldfern compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-Handle and Folding Walking Sticks where correctly fitted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSelf-standing function\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676855803979,"sku":"GF-TTCANEHLDR","price":12.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/42778a7d-e674b4_0c0fa45d069241d6ac80dcb164f4df11_mv2.jpg?v=1754901823"},{"product_id":"quad-cane","title":"Quad Cane - Large and Small Bases","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFour-Point Walking Support with Small or Large Base\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Quad Cane\u003c\/strong\u003e is a four-point walking aid for users who need a broader support footprint than a conventional single-tip walking stick. Its lightweight aluminium frame uses a swan-neck design to position the handgrip over the base, while four non-slip ferrules provide separate ground-contact points.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart offers both \u003cstrong\u003eSmall Base\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eLarge Base\u003c\/strong\u003e versions. The Small Base is the more compact option for tighter indoor spaces and easier foot placement, while the Large Base provides a broader footprint where extra lateral stability is the priority.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSmall Base or Large Base?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eNeither base is automatically better for every user. A smaller quad base is generally easier to manoeuvre around furniture, doorways and the user's feet. A larger base provides more ground spread, but it also occupies more space and can feel less convenient in confined areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe right choice depends on balance, gait, strength and where the cane will be used. If the user is unsure whether a quad cane, ordinary walking stick or walking frame is most appropriate, a physiotherapist or occupational therapist can help assess the safest option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy the Four-Point Base Matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnlike a single-point cane, the quad base needs to be placed so all four ferrules make secure contact with the floor. Using only part of the base reduces the stability the cane is designed to provide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wider footprint also means the cane should be positioned carefully beside the body so the base does not catch the user's foot. Take particular care around uneven ground, narrow spaces, kerbs and changes in level.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFitting and Everyday Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handgrip should sit at a comfortable height that allows the user to stand upright without hiking the shoulder or leaning heavily to one side. If the current cane height or walking technique is uncertain, have the setup checked before relying on it for regular mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect all four ferrules frequently. Replace any tip that is worn, hardened, split or loose, and stop using the cane if the shaft, base or handle is damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour-point base\u003c\/strong\u003e for a broader support footprint than a standard cane.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall and Large base options\u003c\/strong\u003e to suit different stability and space requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight aluminium construction\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwan-neck design\u003c\/strong\u003e positions the grip over the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoam handgrip\u003c\/strong\u003e for everyday comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour non-slip ferrules\u003c\/strong\u003e at the ground-contact points.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for appropriate indoor and outdoor walking environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a quad cane?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA quad cane is a walking aid with four ground-contact points at the base rather than a single ferrule.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose a quad cane instead of a standard walking stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wider four-point base can provide a broader support footprint for users who need additional balance assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat base sizes are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart offers Small Base and Large Base versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the advantage of the Small Base?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Small Base is more compact, which can make it easier to position beside the feet and manoeuvre through tighter indoor spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the advantage of the Large Base?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Large Base provides a broader footprint where additional lateral stability is useful, although it also takes up more floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo all four feet need to touch the ground?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The cane should be placed so all four ferrules make secure contact with the surface before weight is transferred through the handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the frame made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoldfern specifies lightweight aluminium construction.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of handle does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses a foam handgrip for a comfortable everyday holding surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the swan-neck design do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe swan neck positions the handle above the multi-point base to support more controlled loading through the cane.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know if the cane is the right height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe grip should allow a comfortable upright posture without forcing the shoulder upward or requiring excessive leaning. If fit is uncertain, have the cane assessed for the individual user.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan a quad cane be used on stairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA four-point base can be awkward on steps because all four feet may not sit securely. Do not use it on stairs unless the user's technique and equipment have been assessed as appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen should the ferrules be replaced?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReplace any ferrule that becomes worn smooth, hardened, split, loose or damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a quad cane the same as a walking frame?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It provides more ground contact than a standard cane but considerably less overall support than a walking frame or rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Goldfern Quad Cane available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Both Small Base and Large Base versions are available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall Base; Large Base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround contact\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour-point base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLightweight aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwan neck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoam grip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour non-slip ferrules\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Small","offer_id":41676855672907,"sku":"GF-QUADS","price":69.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Large","offer_id":41676855640139,"sku":"GF-QUADL","price":69.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/1317db39-e674b4_9c47259855b5475ca95640d7a2c99877_mv2.jpg?v=1754901823"},{"product_id":"quad-walking-stick","title":"Quad Walking Stick","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable Four-Point Walking Stick for Extra Stability\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eAMW Quad Walking Stick\u003c\/strong\u003e is a lightweight adjustable walking aid that provides four ground-contact points instead of the single ferrule used on a conventional cane. The broader quad base can offer additional stability for users who need more support while still preferring a compact walking stick rather than a full walking frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe aluminium shaft is height adjustable and weighs approximately \u003cstrong\u003e0.8 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, with a published maximum user weight of \u003cstrong\u003e120 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. An ergonomic handgrip supports everyday comfort, while four non-slip rubber tips provide the ground contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose a Quad Walking Stick?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA quad walking stick can be a useful middle ground between a standard cane and a walking frame. It provides a wider footprint than a single-tip stick without the size and two-handed use of a frame or rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wider base also needs more careful placement beside the user's feet. All four rubber tips should sit securely on the ground before weight is transferred through the handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGetting the Height Right\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe height should be adjusted so the handgrip sits comfortably when the user is standing naturally, without lifting the shoulder or forcing the body to lean heavily toward the stick. Once adjusted, check that the height mechanism is fully engaged before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf the correct cane height or walking technique is uncertain, a physiotherapist, occupational therapist or mobility professional can help assess the setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSelf-Standing on Suitable Flat Surfaces\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe four-point base allows the stick to stand upright on many level, stable surfaces when positioned carefully. This is convenient when the user needs to free a hand temporarily, but it should not be assumed that the stick will remain standing on every surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUneven ground, slopes, thick carpet, bumps or accidental contact can still cause it to fall. Make sure the stick is stable before letting go.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour-point quad base\u003c\/strong\u003e for a broader support footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApprox. 0.8 kg product weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight aluminium shaft\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight adjustable\u003c\/strong\u003e for individual fitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic handle\u003c\/strong\u003e for everyday grip comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour non-slip rubber tips\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-standing on suitable level surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilver finish\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is a quad walking stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a walking stick with a four-point base rather than a single ferrule, creating a wider support footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe published maximum user weight is 120 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the walking stick weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt weighs approximately 0.8 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the shaft made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shaft is made from lightweight aluminium.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the height adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The height can be adjusted to suit the user.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the height be set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe grip should allow a comfortable upright posture without forcing the shoulder upward or requiring excessive leaning. Make sure the adjustment mechanism is securely engaged before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it stand upright by itself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe quad base allows it to stand on many suitable flat surfaces, but stability is not guaranteed on slopes, uneven ground or soft surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo all four rubber tips need to touch the ground?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. All four contact points should sit securely on the surface before the user loads the stick.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen should the rubber tips be replaced?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReplace any tip that becomes worn smooth, hardened, split, loose or damaged.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used outdoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, on suitable surfaces. Take extra care on wet, loose, sloping or uneven ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on stairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA four-point base can be difficult to position securely on steps. Do not use it on stairs unless the user's technique and equipment have been assessed as appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a quad stick the same as a walker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It provides more ground contact than a standard walking stick, but less overall support than a walking frame or rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colour is it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe listed finish is Silver.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the AMW Quad Walking Stick available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. This walking stick is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable quad walking stick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShaft material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 0.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour-point quad base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeet\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour non-slip rubber tips\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgonomic grip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSilver\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"AMW","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676855836747,"sku":"AMW-QUADWS","price":55.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/1750835861632812.jpg?v=1756978267"},{"product_id":"folding-t-handle-cane","title":"Folding T-Handle Cane","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Folding T-Handle Cane\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Folding T-Handle Cane\u003c\/strong\u003e combines an adjustable aluminium walking stick with a folding shaft that packs down for easier storage and transport. It uses a \u003cstrong\u003ewooden T-shaped handle\u003c\/strong\u003e, a wrist strap and a non-slip rubber ferrule.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cane adjusts from approximately \u003cstrong\u003e812–914 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e, uses a \u003cstrong\u003e19 mm ferrule\u003c\/strong\u003e and supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e113 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. MoveSmart currently offers eight colour and pattern variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding aluminium shaft\u003c\/strong\u003e for more compact storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWooden T-shaped handle\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 height-adjustment levels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable height approximately \u003cstrong\u003e812–914 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19 mm rubber ferrule\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e113 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWrist strap\u003c\/strong\u003e for convenient handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEight current MoveSmart colour and pattern variants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with the Goldfern \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/table-top-cane-holder\"\u003eTable Top Cane Holder\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e where fitted correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFolds down for easier storage in suitable luggage or bags.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Goldfern Folding T-Handle Cane?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe folding shaft is useful when a walking stick needs to be stored between uses or packed for travel. Once assembled, the cane should be checked to make sure every section is fully seated and the height adjustment is locked before body weight is applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit, Grip and Everyday Confidence\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eFolding T-Handle Cane works best when its height and hand position support an upright walking posture. With the tip or base placed beside the foot, the handle should generally allow a comfortable bend at the elbow without raising the shoulder. The grip should feel secure in the intended hand, and any adjustment button or locking collar must be fully engaged before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConsider the surfaces encountered most often. Indoor flooring, footpaths, steps and wet entrances place different demands on the tip or base. Inspect the contact surface regularly for wear and replace it when grip is reduced. A physiotherapist can advise on correct height, which side to use and an appropriate walking pattern where balance, pain or lower-limb weakness is involved.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow small does the cane fold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe folding design is compact enough for convenient storage in suitable handbags, backpacks or luggage. No exact folded dimension is currently listed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a carry bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA carry bag is not listed as part of the current product, so one should not be assumed to be included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat height range does the cane have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable height is approximately 812–914 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many height settings are there?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere are 10 height-adjustment levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum user weight is 113 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the ferrule?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ferrule diameter is 19 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the handle made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses a wooden T-shaped handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a wrist strap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A wrist strap is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours and patterns does MoveSmart currently stock?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCurrent variants are Black, Bronze, Fresia, Hue, Kiwiana, Petal, Red Hat and Cheetah Print.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the cane be checked after unfolding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eMake sure every folding section is fully seated and aligned, then confirm the height-adjustment button and locking mechanism are fully engaged before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used if one folding section has not seated fully?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The cane should not be used until all sections are correctly assembled and secure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I choose the correct height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet the handle to a comfortable height that suits the user's posture and walking pattern. If fitting is uncertain, seek advice from a suitable mobility professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it compatible with the Goldfern Table Top Cane Holder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Folding Walking Stick range can be used with the Table Top Cane Holder where the accessory fits correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFolding aluminium shaft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWooden T-shaped handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 812–914 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight settings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFerrule diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e113 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWrist strap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent MoveSmart variants\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack; Bronze; Fresia; Hue; Kiwiana; Petal; Red Hat; Cheetah Print\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":41676855935051,"sku":"GF-FTHDLWS-BLK","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bronze","offer_id":41676855967819,"sku":"GF-FTHDLWS-BRZ","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Fresia","offer_id":41676856000587,"sku":"GF-FTHDLWS-FS","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Hue","offer_id":41676856033355,"sku":"GF-FTHDLWS-HUE","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Kiwiana","offer_id":41676856066123,"sku":"GF-FTHDLWS-KIWI","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Petal","offer_id":41676856131659,"sku":"GF-FTHDLWS-PTL","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red Hat","offer_id":41676856164427,"sku":"GF-FTHDLWS-RHT","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Cheetah Print","offer_id":41706385801291,"sku":null,"price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/1386a1d5-e674b4_5900687b37e74662aafc16c594c40230_mv2.png?v=1754901823"},{"product_id":"t-handle-walking-stick","title":"T-Handle Walking Stick","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern T-Handle Walking Stick\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern T-Handle Walking Stick\u003c\/strong\u003e is a lightweight everyday walking aid with an aluminium shaft and classic T-shaped handle. Its height-adjustable design allows the stick to be set to suit the user, while a rubber ferrule at the base provides the ground contact point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart currently stocks five colour and pattern options: \u003cstrong\u003eBlack, Bronze, Rose Pattern, Purple Floral and Bloom Floral\u003c\/strong\u003e. A wrist strap is included for convenient handling when the stick is not actively supporting the user.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight aluminium shaft\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClassic T-shaped handle\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight-adjustable design\u003c\/strong\u003e with multiple locking positions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRubber ferrule\u003c\/strong\u003e at the base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWrist strap\u003c\/strong\u003e for convenient handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFive current MoveSmart colour and pattern variants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with the Goldfern \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/table-top-cane-holder\"\u003eTable Top Cane Holder\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e where fitted correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for everyday walking support within the user's needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Goldfern T-Handle Walking Stick?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is a straightforward adjustable walking stick with a traditional handle and a choice of plain or patterned finishes. Correct height adjustment and regular ferrule checks are more important than decorative features, so the stick should be set up carefully before regular use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit, Grip and Everyday Confidence\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eT-Handle Walking Stick works best when its height and hand position support an upright walking posture. With the tip or base placed beside the foot, the handle should generally allow a comfortable bend at the elbow without raising the shoulder. The grip should feel secure in the intended hand, and any adjustment button or locking collar must be fully engaged before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConsider the surfaces encountered most often. Indoor flooring, footpaths, steps and wet entrances place different demands on the tip or base. Inspect the contact surface regularly for wear and replace it when grip is reduced. A physiotherapist can advise on correct height, which side to use and an appropriate walking pattern where balance, pain or lower-limb weakness is involved.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the walking stick made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shaft is lightweight aluminium.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of handle does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses a classic T-shaped handle designed to provide a broad hand contact area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the walking stick height adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The shaft has multiple height positions and should be locked securely at the chosen setting before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours and patterns are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCurrent MoveSmart variants are Black, Bronze, Rose Pattern, Purple Floral and Bloom Floral.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a rubber tip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A rubber ferrule is fitted at the base of the walking stick.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy should the ferrule be checked regularly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ferrule is the main ground-contact component. Replace it if it becomes worn, split, hardened or loose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a wrist strap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The current MoveSmart model includes a wrist strap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know the correct walking-stick height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handle should be set to a comfortable height that suits the user's posture and walking pattern. If you are unsure, a physiotherapist or other suitable mobility professional can help with fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the stick before the height button is fully locked?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Make sure the adjustment button is fully engaged and the locking mechanism is secure before putting weight through the stick.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on stairs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse on stairs depends on the user's balance, rail availability and technique. If stair use is uncertain, seek suitable mobility guidance rather than relying on the walking stick alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it compatible with a Table Top Cane Holder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGoldfern lists the T-Handle Walking Stick as compatible with its Table Top Cane Holder where the accessory fits correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this walking stick foldable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This is the standard T-Handle Walking Stick. MoveSmart also stocks a separate \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/folding-t-handle-cane\"\u003eFolding T-Handle Cane\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Goldfern T-Handle Walking Stick available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. All current colour and pattern variants are available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShaft\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLightweight aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eT-shaped\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable, multiple locking positions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber ferrule\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent variants\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack; Bronze; Rose Pattern; Purple Floral; Bloom Floral\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessory compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGoldfern Table Top Cane Holder, where correctly fitted\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":41676856426571,"sku":"GF-THDLWS-B","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bronze","offer_id":41676856459339,"sku":"GF-THDLWS-BR","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rose Pattern","offer_id":41676856492107,"sku":"GF-THDLWS-RS","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple Floral","offer_id":41676856524875,"sku":"GF-THDLWS-PF","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bloom Floral","offer_id":41676856557643,"sku":"GF-THDLWS-BF","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/f427f430-e674b4_b7bf1f86ba37494cafd945961761aded_mv2.png?v=1756004703"},{"product_id":"self-standing-walking-stick-base","title":"Self Standing Walking Stick Base","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Self Standing Walking Stick Base\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Self Standing Walking Stick Base\u003c\/strong\u003e is a rubber-compound base designed to help a compatible walking stick remain upright when it is not in use. It has an internal space of \u003cstrong\u003e19 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e and is designed to fit most canes of a suitable size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the base is made from rubber, it has some flex and movement while walking, which Goldfern describes as providing additional stability. The fit should be checked carefully before use, particularly if the walking stick has an unusual shaft or ferrule size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-standing base design\u003c\/strong\u003e for compatible walking sticks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19 mm internal space\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to fit \u003cstrong\u003emost canes\u003c\/strong\u003e with a compatible lower shaft size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRubber-compound construction\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRubber flex and movement designed to provide additional stability while walking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful as a replacement base option when a self-standing format is preferred.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Goldfern Self Standing Base?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis accessory combines two functions in one compact base: it helps a compatible walking stick stand upright when set down and remains flexible while the stick is being used. The published 19 mm internal space provides an important measurement to check before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit, Grip and Everyday Confidence\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSelf Standing Walking Stick Base works best when its height and hand position support an upright walking posture. With the tip or base placed beside the foot, the handle should generally allow a comfortable bend at the elbow without raising the shoulder. The grip should feel secure in the intended hand, and any adjustment button or locking collar must be fully engaged before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConsider the surfaces encountered most often. Indoor flooring, footpaths, steps and wet entrances place different demands on the tip or base. Inspect the contact surface regularly for wear and replace it when grip is reduced. A physiotherapist can advise on correct height, which side to use and an appropriate walking pattern where balance, pain or lower-limb weakness is involved.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Self Standing Walking Stick Base designed to do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to help a compatible walking stick stand upright when it is not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the internal fitting size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe internal space is approximately 19 mm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the base made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is made from a rubber compound.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every walking stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Goldfern describes it as fitting most canes, but the 19 mm internal size should be compared with the lower end of your walking stick before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the base move while walking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The rubber construction has some flex and movement, which is intended to provide additional stability during walking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill the walking stick stand upright on every surface?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe base is designed to be self-standing, but surface level, condition and the position of the walking stick can affect stability. Place it carefully and make sure it is stable before letting go.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs this the same as a standard rubber ferrule?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A standard ferrule is a single-foot tip, while this accessory has a broader self-standing base design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the base stay fitted while I walk?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Goldfern specifically describes the rubber flex and movement as providing additional stability while walking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy is the 19 mm measurement important?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt helps determine whether the lower end of your cane is likely to fit the base correctly. Check your walking stick before purchase if you are unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Self Standing Walking Stick Base available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is available to ship NZ-wide from MoveSmart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber compound\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInternal space\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesigned to fit most canes of a compatible size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDesign\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSelf-standing, flexible base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676855902283,"sku":"GF-SSTWLKSTKB","price":30.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/6d670651-e674b4_dc4a374d112f44e493375c4dbfa54bf3_mv2.jpg?v=1754901823"},{"product_id":"swan-handle-walking-stick","title":"Swan Handle Walking Stick","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable Swan-Handle Walking Stick for Everyday Support\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Swan Handle Walking Stick\u003c\/strong\u003e is a lightweight aluminium walking aid with a curved swan-style handle, soft foam grip and non-slip rubber ferrule. It is intended for users who need light everyday walking support and prefer a simple adjustable cane rather than a multi-point stick or walking frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart currently offers \u003cstrong\u003eBlack, Bronze and Leopard Print\u003c\/strong\u003e variants, giving a choice between understated and more distinctive finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSwan Handle or Crook Handle?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSwan Handle Walking Stick\u003c\/strong\u003e uses a curved hand shape with a soft foam grip. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/crook-handle-walking-stick\"\u003eGoldfern Crook Handle Walking Stick\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e uses a more traditional hook-shaped handle that can be hung over a suitable chair arm or other secure surface when it is not being used.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth are simple single-point walking sticks, so the choice is mainly about handle preference, grip feel and styling rather than a major difference in the amount of support provided.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGetting the Height Right\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stick should be adjusted so the user can stand upright with the shoulder relaxed and a comfortable slight bend at the elbow. A cane that is too high can lift the shoulder, while one that is too low can encourage leaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter adjustment, make sure the locking mechanism is fully engaged before walking. If the correct height or walking technique is uncertain, a physiotherapist, occupational therapist or mobility professional can help with fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCheck the Ferrule Regularly\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rubber ferrule is the only ground-contact point, so its condition matters. Inspect it for worn tread, cracking, hardening or looseness and replace it when grip is reduced.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA single-point walking stick provides less overall support than a quad cane, walking frame or rollator. If balance needs have changed, reassess whether a standard cane still provides enough support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight aluminium construction\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurved swan-style handle\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft foam grip\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight adjustable\u003c\/strong\u003e with a locking mechanism.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-slip rubber ferrule\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWrist strap included\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack, Bronze and Leopard Print\u003c\/strong\u003e variants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the walking stick made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shaft is made from lightweight aluminium.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of handle does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has a curved swan-style handle with a soft foam grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the Crook Handle Walking Stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Swan model uses a different curved grip and comes in Black, Bronze and Leopard Print. The Crook model uses a traditional hook-shaped handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the height adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The walking stick has multiple height settings with a locking adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should I set the height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAdjust the stick so the user can stand upright with the shoulder relaxed and a comfortable slight bend at the elbow. Seek fitting advice if unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCurrent variants are Black, Bronze and Leopard Print.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a non-slip tip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It uses a non-slip rubber ferrule at the base.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a wrist strap included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A wrist strap is included to help keep the stick close at hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for everyday use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed as a general everyday walking aid for users who need light single-point support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhen should the ferrule be replaced?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReplace it if the rubber becomes worn smooth, cracked, hardened, loose or no longer grips securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used on wet or uneven ground?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse extra care on wet, loose, sloping or uneven surfaces because a single ferrule provides a smaller support footprint than a multi-point aid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it the same as a quad cane?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. A quad cane has four ground-contact points and a broader support footprint. This Swan Handle model is a single-point walking stick.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I do if I now need more support than a standard cane provides?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eConsider having your walking aid reassessed. A quad cane, walking frame or rollator may be more appropriate depending on the user's mobility needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Goldfern Swan Handle Walking Stick available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. All current colour variants are available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurved swan style with foam grip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle non-slip rubber ferrule\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWrist strap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent colours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Bronze, Leopard Print\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":41706366468171,"sku":"GF-SWNHDLWS-BLK","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Bronze","offer_id":41706366500939,"sku":"GF-SWNHDLWS-BR","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Leopard Print","offer_id":41706366533707,"sku":"GF-SWNHDLWS-LP","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Cane_web_image.png?v=1756002539"},{"product_id":"tripod-walking-stick","title":"Tripod Walking Stick","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Tripod Walking Stick with Seat\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Tripod Walking Stick with Seat\u003c\/strong\u003e combines a lightweight walking aid with a fold-out seat for short rests when needed. The three legs fold outward to form a tripod, with the seat opening as the legs are deployed. Folding the legs inward retracts the seat against the frame for walking again.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe aluminium design weighs approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1.3 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, supports a maximum user weight of \u003cstrong\u003e100 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, and has an adjustable seat height of \u003cstrong\u003e510–620 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Non-slip rubber tips are fitted to all three legs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-in-one walking aid and fold-out seat\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight aluminium construction\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable seat height from 510–620 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1.3 kg net product weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlastic seat and handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNon-slip rubber tips on all three legs\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12-month warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Goldfern Tripod Walking Stick with Seat?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis walking aid is useful when occasional walking support and a convenient place for a short rest are both desirable. It is more substantial than a standard walking stick because of the three-leg seat mechanism, and Goldfern advises that it should not replace a permanent walking stick for someone who requires continuous walking-stick support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit, Grip and Everyday Confidence\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eTripod Walking Stick works best when its height and hand position support an upright walking posture. With the tip or base placed beside the foot, the handle should generally allow a comfortable bend at the elbow without raising the shoulder. The grip should feel secure in the intended hand, and any adjustment button or locking collar must be fully engaged before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConsider the surfaces encountered most often. Indoor flooring, footpaths, steps and wet entrances place different demands on the tip or base. Inspect the contact surface regularly for wear and replace it when grip is reduced. A physiotherapist can advise on correct height, which side to use and an appropriate walking pattern where balance, pain or lower-limb weakness is involved.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the Tripod Walking Stick with Seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is an adjustable walking aid with three folding legs that open to form a tripod and provide a small fold-out seat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the adjustable seat height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat height adjusts from approximately 510 mm to 620 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum user weight is 100 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe net product weight is approximately 1.3 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the frame made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe walking stick is constructed from lightweight aluminium, with a plastic seat and handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo all three legs have rubber tips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Non-slip rubber tips are fitted to all three legs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does the seat open?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe three legs fold outward into a tripod shape and the seat folds out with them. Folding the legs inward retracts the seat against the folded frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it a replacement for a normal walking stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot for someone who requires a permanent walking stick. Goldfern notes that this model is less compact than a standard walking stick and should not replace one where continuous walking-stick support is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for short rests while out?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The fold-out seat is intended to provide a convenient resting option during suitable outings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat warranty is included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe published warranty is 12 months.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Tripod Walking Stick with Seat available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is available to ship NZ-wide from MoveSmart.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510–620 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet product weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLightweight aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLeg tips\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNon-slip rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676856295499,"sku":"GF-TRIPODWS","price":70.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/6022851b-e674b4_49bca8240e4f4b09954b82477c6ca0e0_mv2.jpg?v=1754901823"},{"product_id":"crook-handle-walking-stick","title":"Crook Handle Walking Stick","description":"\u003ch2\u003eClassic Crook-Handle Walking Support\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Curved Crook Handle Walking Stick\u003c\/strong\u003e combines a lightweight aluminium shaft with a traditional curved handle for comfortable everyday mobility support. A foam grip helps cushion the hand, while the wrist strap keeps the stick close when briefly released.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTen height settings allow a personalised fit, and the non-slip rubber ferrule provides dependable contact with the ground. Choose Black or Bronze to suit your preference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCrook Handle or Swan Handle?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eCrook Handle Walking Stick\u003c\/strong\u003e if you like a traditional hook-style handle that can be hung over a suitable arm or surface when not in use. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/swan-handle-walking-stick\"\u003eGoldfern Swan Handle Walking Stick\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e offers a similar lightweight adjustable format but with a different curved hand shape and an additional Leopard Print finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight aluminium construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved crook handle with comfortable foam grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 adjustable height settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-slip rubber ferrule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWrist strap for convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in Black or Bronze.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum user weight 113 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Goldfern Crook Handle Walking Stick?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt offers the familiar feel of a classic crook handle in a lightweight, height-adjustable aluminium design. It is suitable for everyday users who need the support of a single-point walking stick and value a curved handle that can be conveniently hooked over an arm or suitable surface when not in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit, Grip and Everyday Confidence\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCrook Handle Walking Stick works best when its height and hand position support an upright walking posture. With the tip or base placed beside the foot, the handle should generally allow a comfortable bend at the elbow without raising the shoulder. The grip should feel secure in the intended hand, and any adjustment button or locking collar must be fully engaged before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConsider the surfaces encountered most often. Indoor flooring, footpaths, steps and wet entrances place different demands on the tip or base. Inspect the contact surface regularly for wear and replace it when grip is reduced. A physiotherapist can advise on correct height, which side to use and an appropriate walking pattern where balance, pain or lower-limb weakness is involved.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat height range does the walking stick have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt adjusts from 812 mm to 914 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many height settings are there?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThere are 10 adjustable height positions with a locking mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe maximum user weight is 113 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the walking stick made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shaft is made from lightweight aluminium.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of handle does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has a curved crook-style handle with a foam grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the Swan Handle Walking Stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Crook model uses a traditional hook-style handle and comes in Black or Bronze. The Swan model has a different curved hand shape and also comes in Leopard Print.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a wrist strap?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A wrist strap is included to help keep the stick conveniently at hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size ferrule does it use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses a 19 mm ferrule.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe walking stick is available in Black and Bronze.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I choose the correct height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAs a general guide, set the handle around wrist-crease height when standing upright in your usual footwear, with a slight bend at the elbow. A physiotherapist can help if you need an individual fit assessment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e812–914 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight settings\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e113 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFerrule diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLightweight aluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCurved crook handle with foam grip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, Bronze\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Bronze","offer_id":41706366009419,"sku":"GF-CHWLKSTK-1","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":41706366042187,"sku":"GF-CHWLKSTK-2","price":35.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/acb02357-e674b4_29b1868642b2455cbdb22c59d62d5960_mv2.jpg?v=1754901823"},{"product_id":"goldfern-eco-lite-rollator","title":"Goldfern ECO-Lite Rollator","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern ECO-Lite Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern ECO-Lite Rollator\u003c\/strong\u003e is Goldfern's lightweight everyday four-wheel walker for users who want a practical seated rollator at an accessible price. Its aluminium frame weighs approximately \u003cstrong\u003e6.3 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e125 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e and combines 8-inch wheels with a padded backrest, under-seat storage, walking-stick holder and curb climber.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart offers Blue, Purple, Green and Red variants, with options to include the compatible Goldfern Universal Food Tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the ECO-Lite Fits in the Goldfern Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ECO-Lite is the straightforward lightweight everyday option. Compared with the X-FOLD range, it uses a more conventional folding rollator design rather than removable wheels and a convertible shoulder bag. Compared with the Premium models, it is lighter and simpler.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor someone who mainly wants an easy-to-use walker with a seat, storage and good everyday portability, the ECO-Lite offers the essentials without moving into Goldfern's more specialised narrow, high-capacity or accessory-focused models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLightweight for Everyday Transport\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eAt approximately \u003cstrong\u003e6.3 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, the ECO-Lite is manageable for many users and families to lift into a vehicle. The frame folds and a securing strap helps keep it together when stored.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSeat, Storage and Kerb Assistance\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat sits approximately \u003cstrong\u003e560 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e from the ground and includes a curved padded backrest for stationary rest breaks. A nylon bag under the seat carries everyday items, while the walking-stick holder keeps a cane alongside the rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA curb climber provides leverage to raise the front wheels over suitable small kerbs and thresholds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eOptional Food Tray\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Goldfern Universal Food Tray is compatible with the ECO-Lite. MoveSmart offers variants both with and without the tray, allowing the accessory to be included at purchase when useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6.3 kg aluminium folding frame\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e125 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8-inch wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable ergonomic handles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved foam-padded folding backrest.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnder-seat nylon storage bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWalking-stick holder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurb climber\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocking clip for the open frame and securing strap when folded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with the optional Goldfern Universal Food Tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eISO 11199-2:2005, SGS tested and approved\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12-month warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Goldfern_Ecolite_User_Manual.pdf?v=1757480866\" title=\"Goldfern Eco-Lite Rollator User Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eGoldfern ECO-Lite Rollator User Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the ECO-Lite best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who want a lightweight everyday rollator with a seat, storage bag and straightforward folding design.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with the X-FOLD range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe ECO-Lite uses a conventional folding design and keeps the feature set simple. X-FOLD models add removable wheels and other transport-focused features, with Mini and PLUS options for different widths and capacities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the ECO-Lite weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 6.3 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e125 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the handle-height range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 845–935 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 560 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is the rollator?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 580 mm overall, with around 430 mm between the handles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e8-inch wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A nylon under-seat bag is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a walking-stick holder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a curb climber?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It helps lift the front wheels over suitable small thresholds or kerbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours does MoveSmart offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlue, Purple, Green and Red, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a food tray available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. MoveSmart offers variants with and without the compatible Goldfern Universal Food Tray.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat standard has it been tested to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eISO 11199-2:2005, SGS tested and approved.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable handle height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e845–935 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e695 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e580 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth between handles\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e430 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet rollator weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent MoveSmart colours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue; Purple; Green; Red\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 11199-2:2005, SGS tested and approved\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Blue \/ Do Not Include Tray","offer_id":41676858622027,"sku":"ECOLB","price":299.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple \/ Do Not Include Tray","offer_id":41676858654795,"sku":"ECOLP","price":299.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ Do Not Include Tray","offer_id":41676858687563,"sku":"ECOLG","price":299.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ Include Tray","offer_id":41676858720331,"sku":"ECOLG-T","price":349.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple \/ Include Tray","offer_id":41676858753099,"sku":"ECOLP-T","price":349.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ Do Not Include Tray","offer_id":41676858785867,"sku":"ECOLR","price":299.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red \/ Include Tray","offer_id":41676858818635,"sku":"ECOLR-T","price":349.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue \/ Include Tray","offer_id":41676858851403,"sku":"ECOLB-T","price":349.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/7f7d0950-e674b4_cda83ded429e4dfea20caf4f41a976bd_mv2.png?v=1754901829"},{"product_id":"goldfern-x-fold-rollator","title":"Goldfern X-FOLD Rollator","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern X-FOLD Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern X-FOLD Rollator\u003c\/strong\u003e is the standard all-round model in Goldfern's lightweight X-FOLD family. It combines a \u003cstrong\u003e5.85 kg aluminium frame\u003c\/strong\u003e, removable 8-inch wheels, a folding design and a \u003cstrong\u003e136 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it a strong option for everyday users who regularly transport their rollator by car.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe removable shopping bag can also be used as a shoulder or satchel bag, while a curb climber helps with suitable small thresholds. MoveSmart offers Gray, Candy Pink, Purple and Green variants, with an optional personalised back strap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Standard X-FOLD Fits in the Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard X-FOLD sits between the narrower \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/goldfern-x-fold-mini-rollator\"\u003eX-FOLD Mini\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e and the higher-capacity \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/goldfern-x-fold-plus-rollator\"\u003eX-FOLD PLUS\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e. The Mini is the compact choice at approximately 535 mm wide and 5.65 kg. The standard X-FOLD increases seat width and handle range while remaining very light. The PLUS keeps the transport-focused design but increases user capacity to 180 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe standard X-FOLD is also compatible with Goldfern's Gutter Arm and Long Handle kits, making it the more adaptable choice when those accessories may be needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDesigned for Regular Transport\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame folds for storage and the 8-inch wheels can be removed to reduce bulk further. At approximately 5.85 kg, the rollator is light enough to make vehicle loading easier than many traditional walkers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSeat, Storage and Curb Assistance\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat measures approximately \u003cstrong\u003e455 x 200 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e and sits around \u003cstrong\u003e560 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e. The removable shopping bag provides everyday storage and can be detached for use as a shoulder or satchel bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA curb climber gives extra leverage when lifting the front wheels over suitable small kerbs and thresholds.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5.85 kg lightweight aluminium frame\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e136 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding design\u003c\/strong\u003e for storage and transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable 8-inch wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable shopping bag\u003c\/strong\u003e that converts to a shoulder or satchel bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurb climber\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e810–940 mm adjustable handle height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e560 mm seat height\u003c\/strong\u003e with a 455 x 200 mm seat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for indoor and outdoor use on stable surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with Goldfern X-FOLD Gutter Arm and Long Handle kits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGray, Candy Pink, Purple and Green options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12-month warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/X-Fold_Rollator_Range_Instruction_Manual.pdf?v=1756718430\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eGoldfern X-FOLD Rollator User Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompatible accessory options include the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/gutter-arm-kit-for-x-fold-rollators\"\u003eGutter Arm Kit for X-FOLD Rollators\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/long-handle-kit-for-x-fold-rollators\"\u003eLong Handle Kit for X-FOLD Rollators\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the standard X-FOLD best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who want a very lightweight everyday rollator with good seat width, removable wheels and useful transport features.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with the X-FOLD Mini?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Mini is slightly lighter and narrower. The standard X-FOLD provides a wider 455 mm seat and a taller handle-height range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with the X-FOLD PLUS?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe PLUS increases maximum user weight to 180 kg. The standard X-FOLD supports up to 136 kg and weighs slightly less.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the X-FOLD Rollator weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 5.85 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e136 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the wheels be removed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e8-inch wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the adjustable handle height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 810–940 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 560 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 455 x 200 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is the rollator?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 594 mm overall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the shopping bag detach?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It can also be used as a shoulder or satchel bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a curb climber?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan Gutter Arm or Long Handle kits be fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Both accessories are compatible with the standard X-FOLD.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eGray, Candy Pink, Purple and Green, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be delivered across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. MoveSmart ships the Goldfern X-FOLD Rollator NZ-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNet rollator weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.85 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e136 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e594 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e740 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8-inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable handle height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e810–940 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e560 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e455 x 200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent MoveSmart colours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray, Candy Pink, Purple, Green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Gray \/ No","offer_id":41676859080779,"sku":"XFOLDGM2","price":430.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Gray \/ Yes","offer_id":41676858916939,"sku":"XFOLDGM1","price":475.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Candy Pink \/ No","offer_id":42692417093707,"sku":"XFOLDPK1","price":430.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Candy Pink \/ Yes","offer_id":42692417126475,"sku":"XFOLDPK2","price":475.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple \/ No","offer_id":41676859015243,"sku":"XFOLDP2","price":430.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Purple \/ Yes","offer_id":41676858949707,"sku":"XFOLDP1","price":475.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ No","offer_id":41676859048011,"sku":"XFOLDG2","price":430.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Green \/ Yes","offer_id":41676858982475,"sku":"XFOLDG1","price":475.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/X-Fold_Pink.png?v=1781575367"},{"product_id":"liberator-heavy-duty-foldable-walker","title":"Liberator Heavy Duty Foldable Walker","description":"\u003ch2\u003eLiberator Heavy Duty Foldable Walker\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eLiberator Heavy Duty Foldable Walker\u003c\/strong\u003e is a robust four-wheel rollator designed for users who want a wider, stronger walking aid without giving up folding convenience. It supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e136 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e and weighs approximately \u003cstrong\u003e11 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 47 × 50 cm seat, parking\/progressive brakes, 8-inch wheels and an adjustable overall height of 78–90 cm provide practical support for everyday indoor and outdoor mobility. The frame folds to approximately 27 cm wide for easier transport and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eLiberator or Lightweight AMW Walker?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eLiberator\u003c\/strong\u003e when you want the wider seat, stronger 136 kg capacity and more substantial frame. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003eAMW \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/height-adjustable-lightweight-walker\"\u003eHeight Adjustable Lightweight Walker\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when low carrying weight and travel convenience matter more; it weighs approximately 6.8 kg but has a lower 120 kg user capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e136 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e47 × 50 cm seat\u003c\/strong\u003e for comfortable rest breaks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 cm seat height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eParking and progressive brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e for controlled stopping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour 8-inch wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e for smooth everyday mobility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e63 cm overall width\u003c\/strong\u003e when open.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolds to approximately 27 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e78–90 cm adjustable overall height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e66 cm overall length\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e11 kg product weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFold-down backrest\u003c\/strong\u003e for seated support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Liberator Heavy Duty Foldable Walker?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Liberator is a practical choice for users who need more capacity and space than a standard lightweight walker while still wanting a rollator that can fold for transport. Its wider frame, strong weight rating and compact folded width make it suitable for regular daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eGetting the Walking Setup Right\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eLiberator Heavy Duty Foldable Walker will feel most natural when the handle position allows an upright posture with relaxed shoulders and a slight bend at the elbows. The user should be able to reach the brakes or handgrips without leaning forward. Wheel size and frame layout also matter: compact designs suit tighter indoor spaces, while larger wheels can feel more settled over uneven outdoor paths.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBefore relying on the aid away from home, practise turning, stopping, sitting and folding it in a clear area. If a seat is provided, park the brakes before sitting and use the back support as intended. Check that the folded dimensions and product weight are manageable for the person who will lift it into a vehicle or move it into storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Liberator supports users up to 136 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the walker weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe walker weighs approximately 11 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the AMW Height Adjustable Lightweight Walker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Liberator is wider, heavier and higher-capacity. The lightweight AMW walker is easier to lift and transport but supports up to 120 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size is the seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat measures approximately 47 cm wide by 50 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat height is approximately 50 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is the walker?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall width is approximately 63 cm when open.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow compact is it when folded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe folded width is approximately 27 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the overall height range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall height adjusts from approximately 78 cm to 90 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat type of brakes does it have?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses parking\/progressive brakes for controlled stopping and parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe walker has four 8-inch wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the overall length?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall length is approximately 66 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a backrest?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It has a fold-down backrest for support while seated.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy duty four-wheel rollator\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e136 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e47 × 50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 cm open \/ 27 cm folded\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e78–90 cm adjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e66 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheel size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 in × 4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrakes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eParking \/ Progressive\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBackrest\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFold-down\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"AMW","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41676859179083,"sku":"AMW-LIBERATOR","price":400.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/557d28ef-e674b4_f4459221ea674130be84f5346609f685_mv2.png?v=1754901829"},{"product_id":"freiheit-x3-aluminium-walking-frame","title":"Freiheit X3 Aluminium Walking Frame","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFreiheit X3 Aluminium Walking Frame\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFreiheit X3 Aluminium Walking Frame\u003c\/strong\u003e is the everyday all-rounder in the Freiheit rollator range. It combines a lightweight aluminium frame, ergonomic height-adjustable handles, dual braking modes and a built-in seat with back support for regular indoor and outdoor use on suitable stable surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X3 supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e130 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, weighs approximately \u003cstrong\u003e7.2 kg including the back strap\u003c\/strong\u003e, and includes a removable front shopping bag rated for up to \u003cstrong\u003e5 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the X3 Fits in the Freiheit Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X3 is the practical choice when you want a well-equipped rollator without paying for carbon fibre or pneumatic rough-terrain wheels. Compared with the \u003cstrong\u003eFreiheit X4\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is about 0.5 kg heavier and uses an aluminium frame with 8-inch wheels rather than carbon fibre and 9-inch wheels. Compared with the \u003cstrong\u003eFreedom Stroller XC\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is much lighter and more suited to normal indoor\/community use, while the XC is built specifically around large 310 mm pneumatic tyres for rougher outdoor terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eEveryday Indoor and Outdoor Mobility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eEight-inch TPR rubber-tread wheels are well suited to smooth indoor floors, footpaths, shopping areas and other stable everyday surfaces. A step pedal helps lift the front wheels over suitable small kerbs or thresholds, while safety reflectors add visibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X3 is not intended as a dedicated off-road walker. For regular gravel, grass and rougher paths, the Freedom Stroller XC is the more specialised Freiheit option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSeat, Storage and Brakes\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe built-in seat sits approximately \u003cstrong\u003e640 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e from the ground and includes back support for stationary rest breaks. The removable front textile bag carries up to \u003cstrong\u003e5 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e of everyday items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hand brakes provide normal stopping control while walking and can be locked into parking mode before sitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight aluminium frame\u003c\/strong\u003e weighing approximately 7.2 kg including back strap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e130 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8-inch TPR rubber-tread wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStopping and parking brake modes\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic height-adjustable handles\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in seat and back support\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable textile shopping bag\u003c\/strong\u003e with 5 kg capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStep pedal\u003c\/strong\u003e to assist with small kerbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety reflectors\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact folding design\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRed, Blue and Grey\u003c\/strong\u003e variants through MoveSmart.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/8eD8OEwQRFY?si=L3mSzUt-skNqlgN7\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Freiheit X3 best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who want a lightweight aluminium rollator for everyday indoor and outdoor mobility with a seat, storage bag and parking brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the X3 different from the X4?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X4 uses a lighter carbon-fibre frame and larger 9-inch wheels. The X3 uses aluminium, weighs about 7.2 kg and is the more straightforward everyday option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Freedom Stroller XC?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XC is heavier and built around 310 mm pneumatic tyres for rougher outdoor terrain. The X3 is lighter and better suited to normal stable surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e130 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the X3 weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 7.2 kg including the back strap.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e8-inch TPR rubber-tread wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The seat height is approximately 640 mm and a back support is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the shopping bag carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the handle-height range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall height adjusts from approximately 768 mm to 972 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow compact is it when folded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 230 mm wide × 720 mm long × 860 mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used outdoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, on suitable stable outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRed, Blue and Grey, subject to availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct codes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1220R \/ 1220B \/ 1220G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColours\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed \/ Blue \/ Grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e130 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7.2 kg including back strap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e605 mm wide × 720 mm long × 768–972 mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e640 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFolded dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e230 mm wide × 720 mm long × 860 mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTurning radius\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e840 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShopping bag capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheel type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8-inch TPR rubber tread\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Cubro","offers":[{"title":"Red","offer_id":41686530818123,"sku":"CUB-FHX3RED","price":429.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Blue","offer_id":41686530850891,"sku":"CUB-FHX3BLUE","price":429.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Grey","offer_id":41686530883659,"sku":"CUB-FHX4GREY","price":429.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/1220R_X3-aluminium-walking-frame_WEB__Resampled.jpg?v=1755166473"},{"product_id":"freiheit-freedom-stroller-xc-rollator","title":"Freiheit Freedom Stroller XC Rollator","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFreiheit Freedom Stroller XC Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFreiheit Freedom Stroller XC Rollator\u003c\/strong\u003e is the rough-terrain specialist in the Freiheit walking-frame range. Its large \u003cstrong\u003e310 mm pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e, steering dampers and robust tubular steel frame are designed for users who regularly encounter firm grass, gravel paths and uneven outdoor surfaces where a conventional small-wheel rollator can feel less capable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XC supports users up to \u003cstrong\u003e150 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e and weighs approximately \u003cstrong\u003e9.1 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. A built-in seat, 5 kg mesh bag, walking-stick holder and tilting pedal make it practical for longer outdoor outings as well as everyday mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Freedom Stroller XC Fits in the Freiheit Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe XC is the model to choose when terrain matters more than minimum carrying weight. The \u003cstrong\u003eFreiheit X3\u003c\/strong\u003e is the lighter aluminium everyday option, while the \u003cstrong\u003eFreiheit X4\u003c\/strong\u003e uses carbon fibre for easier lifting. The XC is heavier than both, but gains much larger pneumatic wheels and steering dampers specifically for rougher outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf most use will be indoors, in shops or on smooth footpaths, an X3 or X4 is likely to be easier to transport. If regular gravel, grass and uneven paths are part of daily life, the XC's larger tyres are its main advantage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003e310 mm Pneumatic Tyres\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe large pneumatic tyres provide more cushioning and obstacle clearance than the smaller solid wheels used on everyday rollators. They can make rough paths feel smoother and reduce the tendency for small wheels to catch on minor surface changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBecause the tyres are pneumatic, they need normal air-pressure checks and can puncture. That maintenance trade-off is part of what gives the XC its outdoor ride quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSteering Dampers for Rough Surfaces\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eSteering dampers help reduce front-wheel flutter when the walker is moving over rougher ground. This supports more controlled steering where vibration and surface changes might otherwise unsettle the front wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSeat, Storage and Outdoor Practicality\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe seat is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e450 mm wide and 610 mm high\u003c\/strong\u003e, providing a resting place when the rollator is stationary and safely parked. The mesh storage bag carries up to \u003cstrong\u003e5 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, and a walking-stick holder is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA tilting pedal helps raise the front wheels over suitable small kerbs or obstacles, while reflectors add visibility during outdoor use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e310 mm pneumatic tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e for rougher outdoor terrain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 kg safe working load\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e9.1 kg product weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteering dampers\u003c\/strong\u003e to reduce front-wheel flutter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRobust tubular steel frame\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in seat\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e5 kg mesh storage bag\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWalking-stick holder\u003c\/strong\u003e included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTilting pedal\u003c\/strong\u003e for suitable small obstacles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReflectors\u003c\/strong\u003e for improved visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolds and locks\u003c\/strong\u003e for transport and can stand upright when folded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Freiheit_freedom_stroller_XC_walking_frame_User_Manual.pdf?v=1756719656\" target=\"_blank\" title=\"Freiheit Freedom Stroller XC Walker Manual\"\u003eFreiheit Freedom Stroller XC Walker Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Freedom Stroller XC best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who regularly walk outdoors on rougher surfaces and want larger pneumatic tyres rather than prioritising the lightest possible rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the Freiheit X3 and X4?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe X3 and X4 are lighter everyday rollators with smaller solid wheels. The XC is heavier but uses 310 mm pneumatic tyres and steering dampers for rougher terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the safe working load?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e150 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the XC weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 9.1 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eAre the tyres puncture-proof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. They are pneumatic tyres, so normal air-pressure and puncture maintenance applies.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat surfaces is the XC intended for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for outdoor use on rougher ground such as firm grass, gravel paths and uneven terrain. Extra care is still required on loose, steep, wet or unstable surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat do the steering dampers do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey help reduce front-wheel flutter on rough surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a seat?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The seat is approximately 450 mm wide and 610 mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the handle-height range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 838–940 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much can the mesh bag carry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eUp to 5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a walking-stick holder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it stand when folded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The frame can stand upright when correctly folded and locked.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct code\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1554\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafe working load\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e670 mm wide × 750 mm long\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat dimensions\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e450 mm wide × 610 mm high\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e838–940 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheel diameter\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e310 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTyres\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePneumatic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBag capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTubular steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Cubro","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41699768074315,"sku":"CUB-1554-FHXC","price":799.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/1554_Freiheit-Freedom-Stroller-XC-walking-frame_0__Resampled.jpg?v=1755684418"},{"product_id":"junior-grip-crutch","title":"Junior Grip Crutch","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Junior Grip Crutch\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Junior Grip Crutch\u003c\/strong\u003e is an adjustable elbow crutch designed for younger or smaller users who need a more compact fit than a standard adult forearm crutch. It combines a lightweight shaft, supportive forearm cuff, shaped handgrip and push-button adjustment in a simple everyday walking aid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart offers the Junior Grip Crutch as either a \u003cstrong\u003eSingle\u003c\/strong\u003e or a \u003cstrong\u003ePair\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing the setup to match the user's prescribed or preferred walking pattern. Because older published measurements for this model conflict, exact adjustment range is deliberately not repeated here; fit should be checked for the individual user rather than relying on an uncertain legacy sizing table.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy a Junior-Sized Crutch Matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA crutch that is too tall or too large around the forearm can make walking awkward and may encourage poor posture. The Junior Grip is intended to give smaller users a more appropriately proportioned starting point than an adult-size elbow crutch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handgrip should sit at a height that allows a comfortable arm position while standing, and the forearm cuff should sit below the elbow without blocking normal elbow movement. If fitting is uncertain, a physiotherapist or other suitable mobility professional can help set the crutch correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eSingle or Pair?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart sells both configurations because some users require one crutch while others use two. The correct number depends on the person's mobility, balance, weight-bearing instructions and walking technique rather than simply choosing the cheaper or easier option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf a clinician or therapist has recommended a particular gait pattern, follow that guidance when deciding between a single crutch and a pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAdjustment and Routine Checks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe push-button adjustment must be fully engaged in its selected hole before weight is applied. Check both sides if using a pair and ensure they are set consistently where appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rubber ground-contact tip is also a wear item. Replace it if the tread becomes smooth, the rubber hardens or cracks, or the tip becomes loose. Do not continue using a crutch with a damaged shaft, loose cuff or unreliable adjustment button.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJunior-size adjustable elbow crutch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupportive forearm cuff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShaped handgrip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush-button height adjustment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRubber ground-contact tip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable as a Single or Pair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for appropriate indoor and outdoor use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable to ship NZ-wide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Elbow_Crutches_User_Manual.pdf?v=1756718427\" title=\"Goldfern Elbow Crutches Instruction Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eGoldfern Elbow Crutches Instruction Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Junior Grip Crutch designed for?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is intended for younger or smaller users who need a more compact elbow-crutch fit than a standard adult model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it sold individually?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. MoveSmart offers both a Single variant and a Pair variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the height adjustable?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It uses a push-button height-adjustment system.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy are exact height measurements not listed here?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eConflicting legacy measurements exist for this model. For safe fitting, confirm the current adjustment range and the individual user's required handle height before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhere should an elbow-crutch cuff sit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cuff should sit below the elbow without blocking normal elbow movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the handgrip height be set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt should allow a comfortable arm position while standing. If fitting is uncertain, seek help from a suitable mobility professional.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the crutch be used if the adjustment button is not fully engaged?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The button must be fully locked into its selected hole before weight is applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have a rubber tip?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The base uses a rubber ground-contact tip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould the tip be inspected?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Replace it if the rubber becomes worn, hard, split or loose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used outdoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, on suitable surfaces with appropriate care on wet, loose or uneven ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs there a manual?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Goldfern Elbow Crutches Instruction Manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow many crutches should the user use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat depends on the user's mobility needs and walking technique. Follow any advice provided by the clinician or therapist managing the user's mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be shipped NZ-wide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Single and Pair variants are available to ship throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJunior adjustable elbow crutch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCurrent MoveSmart variants\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle; Pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePush-button height adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround contact\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber tip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfirm current adjustment range for the individual user before ordering\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"MoveSmart Mobility Equipment ","offers":[{"title":"Pair","offer_id":41715694043211,"sku":"GF-JNRCRTCH-P","price":50.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Single","offer_id":41715694075979,"sku":"GF-JNRCRTCH-S","price":25.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Youth-grip-both-web.png?v=1757196220"},{"product_id":"goldfern-x-fold-plus-rollator","title":"Goldfern X-FOLD PLUS Rollator","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern X-FOLD PLUS Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern X-FOLD PLUS Rollator\u003c\/strong\u003e is the high-capacity model in Goldfern's lightweight X-FOLD range. It combines a \u003cstrong\u003e180 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e with a frame weighing only about \u003cstrong\u003e6.3 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it particularly useful when both capacity and easy vehicle handling matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRemovable 8-inch wheels, a compact folding aluminium frame and a shopping bag that converts to a shoulder or satchel bag make the PLUS well suited to everyday use and transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the X-FOLD PLUS Fits in the Goldfern Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe PLUS is the portability-focused 180 kg option. Compared with the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/heavy-duty-premium-rollator\"\u003eHeavy Duty Premium Rollator\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is around 4.5 kg lighter and much easier to lift, while the Heavy Duty Premium provides a more substantial padded-seat setup. Compared with the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/goldfern-x-fold-mini-rollator\"\u003eX-FOLD Mini\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e, the PLUS keeps the lightweight folding concept but adds significantly more capacity and width between the arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is also the X-FOLD model to consider when Goldfern's Gutter Arm or Long Handle accessory kits are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eHigh Capacity Without Heavy Carrying Weight\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 180 kg user rating is unusual in a rollator weighing approximately 6.3 kg. That combination can be useful for someone who needs a higher-capacity walking aid but still expects the rollator to be lifted into a vehicle regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame provides approximately \u003cstrong\u003e525 mm between the arms\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving substantially more seating and walking space than the X-FOLD Mini.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFolding Frame, Removable Wheels and Convertible Bag\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe aluminium frame folds for storage and the 8-inch wheels can be removed to reduce transport bulk further. The removable shopping bag can be carried separately as a shoulder or satchel bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA retaining strap helps keep the folded frame together when the bag is removed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eAccessory Compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/gutter-arm-kit-for-x-fold-rollators\" rel=\"noopener\" title=\"Gutter Arm Kit for Goldfern X-FOLD Rollators\" target=\"_blank\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGutter Arm Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/long-handle-kit-for-x-fold-rollators\" title=\"Long Handle Kit for X-FOLD Rollators\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLong Handle Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/a\u003e are available separately and are compatible with the X-FOLD PLUS.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e180 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e6.3 kg total weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight aluminium folding frame\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e525 mm width between the arms\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8-inch removable wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable shopping bag converts to a shoulder\/satchel bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure opening and closing mechanisms with retaining strap.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for indoor and outdoor use on stable surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eISO 11199-2:2021 certified\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with Goldfern X-FOLD Gutter Arm and Long Handle kits.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark Grey finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinor assembly required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12-month warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/X-Fold_Rollator_Range_Instruction_Manual.pdf?v=1756718430\" title=\"Goldfern X-FOLD Rollator Range Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eGoldfern X-FOLD Rollator Range Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the X-FOLD PLUS best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who need a high-capacity rollator but still want a lightweight frame that is easier to lift and transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with the Heavy Duty Premium Rollator?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth support up to 180 kg. The PLUS weighs about 6.3 kg and prioritises portability, while the Heavy Duty Premium is heavier and provides a more substantial padded-seat configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it compare with the X-FOLD Mini?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe PLUS provides much more width between the arms and a 180 kg capacity, while the Mini is the narrower compact model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e180 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 6.3 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 515 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the handle-height range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 780–880 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is it between the arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 525 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the overall width?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 535 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e8-inch removable wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the shopping bag detach?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It can also be used as a shoulder or satchel bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan gutter arms be fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Gutter Arm Kit is compatible with the X-FOLD PLUS.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the Long Handle Kit be fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat standard is it certified to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eISO 11199-2:2021.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e515 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable handle height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e780–880 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth between arms\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e525 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e535 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e730 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTotal weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 inch, removable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColour\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDark Grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 11199-2:2021\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41717549203531,"sku":"GF-XFOLD-PLUS","price":449.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/X-Fold-PLUS-Square-Web-1536x1536.png?v=1756635658"},{"product_id":"carbon-fibre-flexi-foot-walking-stick","title":"Carbon Fibre Flexi-Foot Walking Stick","description":"\u003ch2\u003eCarbon Fibre Flexi-Foot Walking Stick\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eCarbon Fibre Flexi-Foot Walking Stick\u003c\/strong\u003e combines a very light carbon-fibre shaft with a flexible shock-absorbing base for everyday walking support. At approximately \u003cstrong\u003e0.5 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, it is easy to handle and adjusts from \u003cstrong\u003e740 mm to 970 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e to suit a broad range of users.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Flexi-Foot base is designed to flex as it contacts the ground, helping maintain contact over uneven surfaces while absorbing some impact. The self-standing design also allows the stick to remain upright on suitable flat ground when it is not being held.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFlexi-Foot or Quad Walking Stick?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eCarbon Fibre Flexi-Foot\u003c\/strong\u003e when low weight and a flexible self-standing base are the priorities. Choose the \u003cstrong\u003eAMW \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/quad-walking-stick\"\u003eQuad Walking Stick\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when you prefer a broader four-point support footprint; the quad cane is heavier but provides more ground-contact area.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarbon-fibre shaft\u003c\/strong\u003e for low weight and strength.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApproximately 0.5 kg total weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e740–970 mm adjustable height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexi-Foot base\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to flex and absorb impact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf-standing design\u003c\/strong\u003e on suitable flat surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eErgonomic handle\u003c\/strong\u003e for everyday grip comfort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact single-stick format\u003c\/strong\u003e for daily mobility support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Carbon Fibre Flexi-Foot Walking Stick?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis walking stick is suited to users who want a lighter alternative to a conventional cane while retaining height adjustment and a broader, flexible contact point at the base. Its low weight makes it especially convenient for regular carrying and travel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit, Grip and Everyday Confidence\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eCarbon Fibre Flexi-Foot Walking Stick works best when its height and hand position support an upright walking posture. With the tip or base placed beside the foot, the handle should generally allow a comfortable bend at the elbow without raising the shoulder. The grip should feel secure in the intended hand, and any adjustment button or locking collar must be fully engaged before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConsider the surfaces encountered most often. Indoor flooring, footpaths, steps and wet entrances place different demands on the tip or base. Inspect the contact surface regularly for wear and replace it when grip is reduced. A physiotherapist can advise on correct height, which side to use and an appropriate walking pattern where balance, pain or lower-limb weakness is involved.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the walking stick weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt weighs approximately 0.5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the height adjustment range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe stick adjusts from approximately 740 mm to 970 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the shaft made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shaft is made from carbon fibre.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the Flexi-Foot base do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe flexible base is designed to absorb some impact and maintain contact as the stick moves across varied or uneven ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow does it differ from the AMW Quad Walking Stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Flexi-Foot is lighter and uses a flexible self-standing base. The Quad Walking Stick uses a wider four-point base for a larger support footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the walking stick stand up by itself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The base is designed to allow the stick to stand upright on suitable flat surfaces when positioned securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the handle ergonomic?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The handle is shaped for a comfortable everyday grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt can be used as an everyday walking aid indoors or outdoors. As with any walking stick, take extra care on wet, loose or highly uneven surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for travel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIts low 0.5 kg weight makes it easy to carry and transport, although it does not fold.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow should the height be set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe handle should be adjusted to a comfortable walking height that allows a natural arm position. A physiotherapist or occupational therapist can help confirm the best setup if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it require inflation or batteries?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is a manual walking aid and requires no batteries or charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable walking stick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eShaft material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarbon fibre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 0.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e740–970 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlexi-Foot flexible self-standing base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eErgonomic grip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePower required\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"AMW","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41728254214219,"sku":"AMW-CFFFWS","price":150.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/f24cc2df-176f-4082-a396-55c093f1e3c2_edited_edited_d1bf08ed-e721-4791-a295-89a42297e3ec.png?v=1756977801"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-premium-rollator","title":"GF Heavy Duty Premium Rollator","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGoldfern Heavy Duty Premium Rollator\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eGoldfern Heavy Duty Premium Rollator\u003c\/strong\u003e is the wider, more substantial high-capacity model in Goldfern's rollator range. It combines a folding aluminium frame with a padded solid-base seat, 8-inch solid wheels and a \u003cstrong\u003e180 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e, making it a strong option for users who need more seating width and capacity than a standard rollator provides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame weighs approximately \u003cstrong\u003e10.8 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e and provides around \u003cstrong\u003e480 mm between the arms\u003c\/strong\u003e. A removable under-seat bag, padded back support and lockable hand brakes complete the everyday setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhere the Heavy Duty Premium Fits in the Goldfern Range\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose this model when extra width, a substantial padded seat and a 180 kg capacity are more important than minimum carrying weight. The \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/goldfern-x-fold-plus-rollator\"\u003eX-FOLD PLUS\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e also supports up to 180 kg but is dramatically lighter at approximately 6.3 kg and is designed around portability. The Heavy Duty Premium is the better comparison when a broader, more conventional seated rollator is preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor tighter indoor spaces, Goldfern's \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/goldfern-narrow-premium-rollator\"\u003eNarrow Premium\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/goldfern-x-fold-mini-rollator\"\u003eX-FOLD Mini\u003c\/a\u003e are more compact choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWide, High-Capacity Seating\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe padded seat sits approximately \u003cstrong\u003e570 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e from the ground, with about \u003cstrong\u003e480 mm between the arms\u003c\/strong\u003e. The solid-base seat and padded back bar provide a more substantial resting setup than the lightweight mesh-seat designs used on some compact rollators.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlways engage the parking brakes before sitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eStorage and Optional Accessories\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA removable carry bag sits beneath the seat for everyday items. An optional wire basket can replace the bag, and an optional food tray is available for the Premium Rollator range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e180 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eISO 11199-2:2021 tested and approved\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFolding aluminium frame\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8-inch solid rubber wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10.8 kg product weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e480 mm width between the arms\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePadded solid-base seat and back support bar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable under-seat carry bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional wire storage basket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional food tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight-adjustable ergonomic handles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle-mounted brakes with parking lock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12-month warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/Premium_Rollator_Range_1.pdf?v=1756718429\" title=\"Goldfern Premium Rollator Range Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eGoldfern Premium Rollator Range Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWho is the Heavy Duty Premium Rollator best suited to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt suits users who need a wider seated rollator with a high 180 kg user capacity and do not mind a heavier frame than the X-FOLD range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from the X-FOLD PLUS?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth support up to 180 kg. The X-FOLD PLUS is much lighter at approximately 6.3 kg, while the Heavy Duty Premium provides a broader, more substantial padded-seat setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e180 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 10.8 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e8-inch solid rubber wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow wide is it between the arms?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 480 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the overall width?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 635 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 570 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the handle-height range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 855–942 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it include a storage bag?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. A removable under-seat bag is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the bag be replaced with a basket?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. An optional wire basket is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a food tray available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. An optional tray is available for the Premium Rollator range.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat standard is it tested to?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eISO 11199-2:2021.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth between arms\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e635 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e690 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e570 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e180 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdjustable handle height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e855–942 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10.8 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStandard\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eISO 11199-2:2021\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWarranty\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Goldfern","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41729529643083,"sku":"GF-PREMHDWALKER","price":499.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/hd-premium-1536x1536.png?v=1757063419"},{"product_id":"rollz-motion-2-in-1-walker-wheelchair","title":"Rollz Motion 2-in-1 Walker Wheelchair","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRollz Motion 2-in-1 Walker Wheelchair\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRollz Motion\u003c\/strong\u003e is a premium 2-in-1 mobility aid for people who want to keep walking with rollator support but also want an attendant-pushed wheelchair available when an outing becomes too long or tiring. Rather than taking a separate walker and transport chair, the Motion carries its wheelchair package with the rollator and converts when needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMoveSmart offers both \u003cstrong\u003eRegular\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003eSmall\u003c\/strong\u003e versions. Both support users up to \u003cstrong\u003e125 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, use a 45 cm-wide seat and fold to a narrow package for transport. The Regular suits taller users and has a 55 cm rollator seat height, while the Small lowers the seat and handle range for shorter users.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWalk First, Convert to a Transport Wheelchair When Needed\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn rollator mode, the user walks between height-adjustable ergonomic handles with four-wheel support, hand brakes and parking brakes. The wheelchair package can travel with the Rollz Motion so the seated option is available during the same trip, or it can be left at home when only the rollator is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhen wheelchair mode is needed, the wheelchair package forms the deeper seat and back support, the handles turn into an attendant-push position, and the adjustable footrests are fitted. Conversion is designed to be completed in seconds without needing a second mobility aid. The wheelchair mode is \u003cstrong\u003eattendant-pushed\u003c\/strong\u003e; it is not designed for the seated user to self-propel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRegular or Small – Which Rollz Motion Fits Best?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe two sizes share the same 125 kg capacity and 45 cm seat width, but differ in seat and handle height. Rollz lists the \u003cstrong\u003eRegular\u003c\/strong\u003e for users approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1.60–1.90 m\u003c\/strong\u003e tall and the \u003cstrong\u003eSmall\u003c\/strong\u003e for users approximately \u003cstrong\u003e1.50–1.85 m\u003c\/strong\u003e tall.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Regular rollator seat is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e55 cm high\u003c\/strong\u003e with handles adjusting around \u003cstrong\u003e87–98 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. The Small seat is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e50 cm high\u003c\/strong\u003e with handles around \u003cstrong\u003e82–94 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e. Height guides are useful starting points, but leg length, posture and preferred walking position also matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eDesigned for Upright, Stable Walking\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is designed so the user walks between the handles rather than pushing the rollator far ahead. The ergonomic grips are height adjustable, the swivelling front wheels keep steering light, and the large 12-inch rear wheels help the Motion roll smoothly over normal indoor and outdoor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eRear drum brakes are operated from the handles and include parking-brake levers for stationary use. Curb assistants are positioned behind the rear wheels, allowing the user to tip the front wheels up more easily when crossing a small doorstep or curb.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eCompact Folding for Cars and Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Rollz Motion folds sideways to approximately \u003cstrong\u003e31 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its Regular and Small frames are each approximately \u003cstrong\u003e67 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e when open, so doorway and home clearances should be checked where space is tight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rollator itself weighs approximately \u003cstrong\u003e11.6 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, with the wheelchair package adding approximately \u003cstrong\u003e3.4 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. If the wheelchair function is not required for a particular trip, leaving that package behind reduces what needs to be lifted into a vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRollz Motion or Rollz Motion Performance?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003estandard Rollz Motion\u003c\/strong\u003e when you want the 2-in-1 format with lower-maintenance solid wheels and the choice of Regular or Small sizing. It is well suited to everyday indoor use, shopping, footpaths and general community outings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/rollz-motion-performance-2-in-1-walker-wheelchair\"\u003eRollz Motion Performance\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e when rougher outdoor surfaces are a larger part of the routine. The Performance adds air-filled rear tyres, thicker armrest padding, a wedge-shaped seat cushion and reflective details for extra cushioning and comfort, but the pneumatic tyres require normal pressure checks and puncture maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-in-1 rollator and attendant-pushed transport wheelchair\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e125 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRegular and Small sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e for different user heights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e11.6 kg rollator weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e3.4 kg wheelchair package\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e45 cm seat width\u003c\/strong\u003e in both sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRegular seat height approx. \u003cstrong\u003e55 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e; Small approx. \u003cstrong\u003e50 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRegular handle range approx. \u003cstrong\u003e87–98 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e; Small approx. \u003cstrong\u003e82–94 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8-inch front wheels and 12-inch rear wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear drum brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e with parking-brake function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurb assistants\u003c\/strong\u003e for thresholds and small curbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable attendant handles and footrests\u003c\/strong\u003e in wheelchair mode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e67 cm overall width\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFolds to approx. \u003cstrong\u003e31 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/User-Guide-RM-RMP-V2023.03-compressed.pdf?v=1757748262\" title=\"Rollz Motion 2-in-1 Walker Wheelchair and Performance Owners Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eRollz Motion 2-in-1 Walker Wheelchair and Performance Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/TXRF-WZzWV0?si=Qx2yCQv8FuPbMxkX\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho Is the Rollz Motion Best Suited To?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Motion is particularly useful for someone who can walk with rollator support but whose walking distance can vary from day to day or during a long outing. It gives the user the option to continue walking for as long as practical without having to choose in advance between taking a walker or a transport wheelchair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt also suits families or couples who want one mobility aid that can change roles during a trip. Because wheelchair mode relies on an attendant, it is best where another person is available to push when the user needs to sit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Rollz Motion both a walker and wheelchair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It functions as a four-wheel rollator and converts to an attendant-pushed transport wheelchair using the wheelchair package.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the user self-propel in wheelchair mode?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The wheelchair mode is designed to be pushed by an attendant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the wheelchair package have to stay attached all the time?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It can be carried with the rollator when you want the chair option available, or left at home when the Motion will only be used as a rollator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly does it convert?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Rollz Motion is designed for on-the-go conversion. The wheelchair package forms the back and deeper seat, the handles are repositioned for the attendant and the footrests are attached.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e125 kg for both Regular and Small versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does the Rollz Motion weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rollator weighs approximately 11.6 kg. The wheelchair package adds approximately 3.4 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRollz suggests the Regular for users around 1.60–1.90 m tall and the Small for users around 1.50–1.85 m. Seat height, handle height and individual posture should also be considered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the seat heights?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRegular is approximately 55 cm and Small approximately 50 cm in rollator mode.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth sizes use 8-inch front wheels and 12-inch rear wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat do the curb assistants do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey provide a foot point behind the rear wheels so the rollator can be tipped back more easily to lift the front wheels over a small curb or threshold.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have parking brakes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The hand-brake controls include a parking-brake function for stationary use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow narrow is it when folded?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 31 cm wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Motion Performance different?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Performance uses wider pneumatic rear tyres and adds extra seating and armrest cushioning for rougher outdoor surfaces. The standard Motion uses lower-maintenance solid wheels and is available in both Regular and Small sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours does MoveSmart currently stock?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCurrent variants include Matt Black, Dark Purple, Island Blue, Pebble White and Candy Pink, depending on size and availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs a manual available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Rollz Motion and Motion Performance Owners Manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Rollz Motion available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Rollz Motion is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRegular\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSmall\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRollator weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheelchair package\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuggested user height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.60–1.90 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1.50–1.85 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e87–98 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e82–94 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRollator seat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 x 20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 x 20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTransport-chair seat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 x 42 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e45 x 42 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e67 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e63 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFolded width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 in front \/ 12 in rear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 in front \/ 12 in rear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Locomo","offers":[{"title":"Matt Black \/ Regular (55cm Seat Height)","offer_id":41741088849995,"sku":"LOC-RLLZMO-R-MB","price":2265.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Matt Black \/ Small (50cm Seat Height)","offer_id":41741089013835,"sku":"LOC-RLLZMO-S-MB","price":2265.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Purple \/ Regular (55cm Seat Height)","offer_id":41741088882763,"sku":"LOC-RLLZMO-R-DP","price":2265.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Island Blue \/ Regular (55cm Seat Height)","offer_id":41741088915531,"sku":"LOC-RLLZMO-R-IB","price":2265.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":false},{"title":"Island Blue \/ Small (50cm Seat Height)","offer_id":41741089079371,"sku":"LOC-RLLZMO-S-IB","price":2265.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Pebble White \/ Regular (55cm Seat Height)","offer_id":41741088948299,"sku":"LOC-RLLZMO-R-PW","price":2265.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Candy Pink \/ Regular (55cm Seat Height)","offer_id":42469162385483,"sku":null,"price":2265.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Dark Purple \/ Small (50cm Seat Height)","offer_id":42469178572875,"sku":"LOC-RLLZMO-R-DP","price":2265.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/3-in-1WheelchairpackageRollzMotion-230.webp?v=1757721115"},{"product_id":"rollz-motion-performance-2-in-1-walker-wheelchair","title":"Rollz Motion Performance 2-in-1 Walker Wheelchair","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRollz Motion Performance 2-in-1 Walker Wheelchair\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eRollz Motion Performance\u003c\/strong\u003e is the outdoor-focused version of Rollz’s 2-in-1 rollator and transport wheelchair. It is designed for people who want the flexibility to walk with rollator support and then change to an attendant-pushed wheelchair, but who regularly encounter rougher footpaths, cobbles, compacted tracks or other uneven surfaces where extra cushioning is useful.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCompared with the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/products\/rollz-motion-2-in-1-walker-wheelchair\"\u003estandard Rollz Motion\u003c\/a\u003e, the Performance adds \u003cstrong\u003ewide pneumatic rear tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e, extra-thick armrest padding, a wedge-shaped seat cushion and reflective detailing. It retains the same core convertible design and \u003cstrong\u003e125 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003ePneumatic Rear Tyres for Rougher Outdoor Surfaces\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe defining feature of the Motion Performance is its \u003cstrong\u003e12½ x 2¼-inch air-filled rear tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e. The air volume acts as additional cushioning, helping absorb vibration and small impacts that would be felt more directly through solid tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe front wheels are approximately \u003cstrong\u003e8 x 1¼ inches\u003c\/strong\u003e. Together, the wider wheel setup gives the Performance a more cushioned feel on uneven community surfaces while still allowing it to be used indoors where the approximately 67 cm overall width provides enough clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePneumatic tyres do require normal maintenance. They need to be kept correctly inflated and can puncture, so the Performance is best for users who value the extra ride comfort enough to accept that additional upkeep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWalk with the Rollator, Then Convert When a Rest Is Not Enough\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn rollator mode, the user walks between height-adjustable ergonomic handles with four-wheel support, hand brakes and parking brakes. When a longer seated break or assisted transport is needed, the wheelchair package converts the Motion Performance into an attendant-pushed transport chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe deeper wheelchair seat and back support are formed from the wheelchair package, the handles are repositioned for the attendant, and the adjustable footrests are fitted. The chair mode is not self-propelled; another person is required to push it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eExtra Cushioning in Wheelchair Mode\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Performance is not only about its tyres. Rollz also adds \u003cstrong\u003eextra-thick foam armrests\u003c\/strong\u003e and a \u003cstrong\u003ewedge-shaped seat cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e. The seat is thicker toward the front to provide a more supported sitting position when the unit is being used as a transport wheelchair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eReflective details improve visibility in lower-light conditions, adding another practical difference from the standard Motion for users who spend more time outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFolding and Transport\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Motion Performance folds sideways into a narrow package for storage or vehicle transport. It is approximately \u003cstrong\u003e67 cm wide\u003c\/strong\u003e and \u003cstrong\u003e63 cm deep\u003c\/strong\u003e when open, with a folded width around \u003cstrong\u003e29–31 cm\u003c\/strong\u003e depending on the published specification reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rollator weighs approximately \u003cstrong\u003e11.4 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, and the wheelchair package adds approximately \u003cstrong\u003e3.4 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e. That makes it important to consider not only walking performance but also who will lift the frame into a vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eRollz Motion Performance or Standard Rollz Motion?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003eMotion Performance\u003c\/strong\u003e when outdoor comfort and vibration reduction are the priority. Its pneumatic rear tyres and additional seating padding make it the stronger option for less-even paths and regular outdoor outings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose the \u003cstrong\u003estandard Rollz Motion\u003c\/strong\u003e when you prefer lower-maintenance solid wheels or need the Small size. The standard model provides the same 2-in-1 concept and is generally the more straightforward choice for smoother everyday surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-in-1 rollator and attendant-pushed transport wheelchair\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e125 kg maximum user weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e11.4 kg rollator weight\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e3.4 kg wheelchair package\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide pneumatic rear tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e for additional cushioning on uneven ground.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e12½ x 2¼-inch rear tyres\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e8 x 1¼-inch front wheels\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra-thick padded armrests\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWedge-shaped wheelchair seat cushion\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReflective details\u003c\/strong\u003e for improved low-light visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e55 cm rollator seat height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e86–98 cm rollator handle height\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e45 cm seat width\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApprox. \u003cstrong\u003e67 cm overall width\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear drum brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e and parking-brake function.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCurb assistants\u003c\/strong\u003e for small thresholds and curbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/User-Guide-RM-RMP-V2023.03-compressed.pdf?v=1757748262\" title=\"Rollz Motion 2-in-1 Walker Wheelchair and Performance Owners Manual\" target=\"_blank\"\u003eRollz Motion 2-in-1 Walker Wheelchair and Performance Owners Manual\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe width=\"560\" height=\"315\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/WzIr5GumpU8?si=6a4qfelXex0hw56t\" title=\"YouTube video player\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWho Is the Motion Performance Best Suited To?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Performance suits someone who can still walk with rollator support but wants a transport-chair option available during longer outings and regularly uses footpaths or outdoor surfaces where solid wheels can transmit more vibration.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is not an off-road vehicle, but it is better equipped than the standard Motion for normal uneven community surfaces such as cobbles, compacted paths and rougher pavements. Surface conditions, tyre pressure and the user’s stability still matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the Performance different from the standard Rollz Motion?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Performance uses wider pneumatic rear tyres and adds thicker armrest padding, a wedge-shaped seat cushion and reflective details. The standard Motion uses lower-maintenance solid wheels and is also available in a Small size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it both a rollator and transport wheelchair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It converts between rollator and attendant-pushed transport-chair modes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the user self-propel in chair mode?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. It is an attendant-pushed transport wheelchair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the maximum user weight?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e125 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow much does it weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe rollator weighs approximately 11.4 kg, with the wheelchair package adding approximately 3.4 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy use pneumatic rear tyres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAir-filled tyres provide extra shock absorption and can reduce vibration over uneven surfaces compared with solid tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDo the pneumatic tyres need maintenance?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. They need to be kept correctly inflated and checked for wear or punctures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the rear tyres?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 12½ x 2¼ inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat size are the front wheels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 8 x 1¼ inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat height?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 55 cm in rollator mode.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the handle-height range?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 86–98 cm in rollator mode.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the seat width?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 45 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the overall width?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eApproximately 67 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat does the wedge-shaped seat cushion do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt provides additional padding and a more supported seated position when the Performance is being used as a transport wheelchair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it have curb assistants?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Curb assistants behind the rear wheels help the user tip the front wheels up when crossing a small curb or threshold.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable indoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, provided there is enough clearance for its approximately 67 cm overall width.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat colours does MoveSmart currently stock?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eCurrent variants are Matt Jungle Green and Ruby Red.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the manual available?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Rollz Motion and Motion Performance Owners Manual is linked above.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs the Rollz Motion Performance available for delivery across New Zealand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Rollz Motion Performance is available for delivery throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaximum user weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e125 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRollator weight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 11.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWheelchair package\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 3.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSuggested user height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 1.60–1.90 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSeat height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 55 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandle height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 86–98 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRollator seat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 45 x 20 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTransport-chair seat\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 45 x 42 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 67 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverall depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 63 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFront wheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 x 1¼ inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRear wheels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12½ x 2¼ inch pneumatic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Locomo","offers":[{"title":"Matt Jungle Green","offer_id":42469097046091,"sku":"LOC-RLLZMTNPERFORM-1","price":2595.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ruby Red","offer_id":42469097078859,"sku":"LOC-RLLZMTNPERFORM-2","price":2595.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/2010RM0014Rollz-Motion-Performance-rollator-and-wheelchair2.webp?v=1757725278"},{"product_id":"walking-stick-non-slip-foot","title":"Walking Stick Non-Slip Foot","description":"\u003ch2\u003eWalking Stick Non-Slip Foot – 19 mm\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eWalking Stick Non-Slip Foot\u003c\/strong\u003e is a broader replacement rubber base for a compatible \u003cstrong\u003e19 mm walking-stick or crutch shaft\u003c\/strong\u003e. It provides a larger textured ground-contact surface than a conventional narrow ferrule, making it a useful option where this wider foot style is preferred.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLike any walking-aid tip, it is a wear component. Replacing a worn, hardened or loose foot helps restore a secure ground-contact surface and prevents the shaft itself from reaching the floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eBroader Base Than a Standard Ferrule\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wider footprint spreads contact across more rubber than a traditional small round cane tip. Some users prefer this style because it gives the end of the walking aid a larger base on the ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat does not make the walking stick self-standing or guarantee grip on every surface. Wet tiles, loose gravel, ice and contaminated floors can still be slippery, and the user should continue to place the walking aid carefully.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eConfirm the 19 mm Fit Before Ordering\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis version is intended for a compatible \u003cstrong\u003e19 mm shaft\u003c\/strong\u003e. Measure the outside diameter of the lower walking-stick or crutch tube rather than choosing by appearance alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe foot should push on firmly and sit straight without needing to be forced. If the shaft is noticeably smaller or larger than 19 mm, choose a correctly sized alternative rather than relying on adhesive or an insecure fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhen Should It Be Replaced?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect the rubber regularly. Replace the foot when the tread is badly worn, the rubber becomes cracked or hardened, the base wears unevenly or the tip no longer grips the shaft securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAfter fitting a new foot, check that it is fully seated and straight before putting body weight through the walking aid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for a compatible \u003cstrong\u003e19 mm shaft\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable rubber construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBroader textured non-slip ground-contact surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush-fit replacement design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for compatible walking sticks or crutches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo tools required for normal fitting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable to ship NZ-wide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat shaft size does it fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe current product is intended for a compatible 19 mm shaft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every walking stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Measure the lower shaft diameter before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every crutch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Crutch shaft and tip diameters vary.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the foot made from?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eDurable rubber.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it different from a standard ferrule?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis style uses a broader ground-contact base than a conventional narrow round ferrule.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow is it fitted?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRemove the old tip and push the correctly sized replacement firmly onto the clean shaft.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it need adhesive?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eA correctly sized replacement should fit securely without improvised adhesive. Follow the walking-aid manufacturer's guidance if the fit is unusual.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know when the foot needs replacing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eReplace it if the rubber becomes badly worn, cracked, hardened, loose or no longer provides secure contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan a worn tip affect stability?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The foot is the ground-contact component and should be kept in good condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes a non-slip foot guarantee grip on every surface?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Wet, loose, icy or contaminated surfaces can still be slippery.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I check it after installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Make sure it is fully seated, straight and secure before putting weight through the walking aid.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be delivered NZ-wide?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The Walking Stick Non-Slip Foot is available to ship throughout New Zealand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNominal fit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm compatible shaft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eGround-contact style\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBroad textured non-slip foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePush fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible walking sticks and crutches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"MoveSmart Mobility Equipment","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41901262241867,"sku":"MS-SQUAREWALKINGSTICKFOOT","price":30.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/walkingstickfoot2.jpg?v=1763165390"},{"product_id":"mobilis-stability-foot-for-walking-sticks","title":"Mobilis Stability Foot for Walking Sticks","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMobilis Stability Foot for Walking Sticks\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eMobilis Stability Foot\u003c\/strong\u003e is a replacement cane foot designed for compatible \u003cstrong\u003e19 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e walking-stick shafts. Its wider multi-point base allows a compatible walking stick to remain standing when released on a suitable level surface, while the rubber construction provides built-in shock absorption.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe broader footprint can improve stability compared with a conventional single rubber tip, particularly on uneven everyday surfaces, while helping reduce impact transmitted through the hand and wrist.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e19 mm fit\u003c\/strong\u003e for compatible walking-stick shafts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree-standing design\u003c\/strong\u003e allows the cane to remain upright on suitable surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWider footprint\u003c\/strong\u003e for improved stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShock-absorbing construction\u003c\/strong\u003e helps reduce impact through the hand and wrist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRubber contact points\u003c\/strong\u003e provide everyday grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact replacement accessory\u003c\/strong\u003e for compatible Mobilis and other suitable 19 mm walking sticks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for normal indoor and outdoor walking surfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e when fitted correctly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose the Mobilis Stability Foot?\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eA conventional cane tip provides one small contact point. The Mobilis Stability Foot creates a broader base and can keep the walking stick upright when briefly released, which can make everyday use more convenient while adding cushioning under the cane.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFit, Grip and Everyday Confidence\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eMobilis Stability Foot for Walking Sticks works best when its height and hand position support an upright walking posture. With the tip or base placed beside the foot, the handle should generally allow a comfortable bend at the elbow without raising the shoulder. The grip should feel secure in the intended hand, and any adjustment button or locking collar must be fully engaged before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConsider the surfaces encountered most often. Indoor flooring, footpaths, steps and wet entrances place different demands on the tip or base. Inspect the contact surface regularly for wear and replace it when grip is reduced. A physiotherapist can advise on correct height, which side to use and an appropriate walking pattern where balance, pain or lower-limb weakness is involved.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat shaft size does the Stability Foot fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for compatible walking sticks with a 19 mm tip or shaft fitting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWill it fit every walking stick?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Check that the cane uses the correct 19 mm fitting and that the foot seats securely before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan the walking stick stand by itself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, when correctly fitted and placed on a suitable level surface, the free-standing base is designed to keep the cane upright.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it make the cane impossible to knock over?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The wider base improves stability but cannot prevent the cane being knocked over or tipping on unsuitable surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it absorb shock?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The stability-foot design incorporates shock absorption to reduce impact transmitted through the hand and wrist.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eIs it suitable for uneven surfaces?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe wider footprint can improve stability on everyday uneven surfaces, but users should still take care on loose, wet, steep or unstable ground.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used indoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It can be used on suitable indoor surfaces when the rubber contact points are clean and in good condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCan it be used outdoors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. It is suitable for normal outdoor walking surfaces, provided the user checks grip and stability for the conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes it increase the user's weight capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The walking stick's own safe working load still applies; fitting a Stability Foot does not increase it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow do I know when the foot needs replacing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eInspect it regularly and replace it if the rubber becomes worn, damaged, loose or no longer grips securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDoes the walking stick come with this product?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. This listing is for the Stability Foot accessory only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShould I check the fit after installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Make sure the foot is fully seated and secure before relying on the walking stick for support.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAccessory type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWalking-stick stability foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible fitting\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFunction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFree-standing multi-point base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShock-absorbing rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePrimary benefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWider footprint and improved cane stability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eUse\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible walking sticks; indoor and outdoor everyday surfaces\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e","brand":"Cubro","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":41901275021387,"sku":"CUB-MOBLISWSFOOT","price":30.0,"currency_code":"NZD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0628\/0796\/5771\/files\/mobilis20free20standing20stability20foot2019mmjpeg__Resampled.jpg?v=1763165948"}],"url":"https:\/\/movesmart.nz\/collections\/shop-walking-aids.oembed?page=2","provider":"MoveSmart Mobility Equipment ","version":"1.0","type":"link"}